View - Logistics Management Division

BIDDING DOCUMENTS
Issued on: 4 March 2013
for
Procurement of
Hospital and Laboratory Equipment
(Comprising 22 slices ICB 31.1 to 31.22)
IFB No: NHSP-II/G/ICB-31/Procurement of Hospital Equipment
(including Anaesthesia Machine, CT scan, X-Ray, USG, Video
Arthroscopy System, Naso Pharyngoscope etc.)/ 2012-13
Project: Nepal Health Sector Program II
Purchaser: Government of Nepal, Ministry of Health and
Population, Department of Health Services, Logistics
Management Division (LMD), Teku, Kathmandu, Nepal
Table of Contents
Invitation for Bids (IFB) ......................................................................................................... 1
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures ............................................................................................... 5
Section I. Instructions to Bidders ..............................................................................................6
Section II. Bidding Data Sheet (BDS) ....................................................................................26
Section III. Evaluation and Qualification Criteria ..................................................................32
Section IV. Bidding Forms .....................................................................................................36
Section V. Eligible Countries .................................................................................................55
PART 2 – Supply Requirements .......................................................................................... 56
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements ............................................................................... 57
PART 3 - Contract .............................................................................................................. 190
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract ........................................................................191
Section VIII. Special Conditions of Contract .......................................................................206
Section IX. Contract Forms ..................................................................................................213
Invitation for Bids (IFB)
1
Invitation for Bids (IFB)
Country: Nepal
Name of the Project: Nepal Health Sector Program 2 (NHSP-2)
Credit/ Grant No.: Cr. 4707-NEP & Gr. H 557-NEP
Supply and Delivery of Hospital and Laboratory Equipment
IFB Number: NHSP-II/G/ICB-31/ Procurement of Hospital and Laboratory Equipment
(including Anaesthesia Machine, CT Scan, X-Ray, USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso
Pharyngoscope etc.)/ 2012-13
First date of Publication: 4 March 2013
1.
This Invitation for Bids follows the General Procurement Notice for this Project that
appeared in Development Business, issue no. 790 of 16 January 2011.
2.
The Ministry of Health and Population (MoHP) has received a grant/credit from the
International Development Association toward the cost of the Health Sector Programme,
and it intends to apply part of the proceeds of this grant/credit to payments under the
Contract for Supply and Delivery of Hospital and Laboratory Equipment (including
Anaesthesia Machine, CT Scan, X-Ray, USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso
Pharyngoscope etc.) under one package of 22 slices as detailed in paragraph 8 below.
3.
The MoHP, Department of Health services (DoHS), Logistic Management Division (LMD)
now invites sealed bids from eligible and qualified bidders for Hospital and Laboratory
Equipment to be delivered to the designated sites as defined in Section VI: Schedule of
Requirements – List of Goods and Delivery Schedule. Bidders may bid for one or more
Slice and shall indicate this in their bid form, together with any statement on discount /cross
discount if any. A bidder must quote for the total quantity of all items in each Slice.
Evaluation will be conducted on a Slice by Slice basis with the final awards being
determined based on the combination of contracts that is of least cost to the Purchaser.
4.
Bidding will be conducted through the International Competitive Bidding (ICB) procedures
specified in the World Bank’s Guidelines: Procurement under IBRD Loans and IDA
Credits (May 2004, revised October 1, 2006), and is open to all bidders from Eligible
Source Countries as defined in the World Bank’s Guidelines.
5.
Interested eligible bidders may obtain further information from the Director, e-mail
director@dohslmd.gov.np of the Logistic Management Division (LMD), Department of
Health Services (DoHS), MoHP and inspect the Bidding Documents at the address given
below from1000 to 1600 hours (local time) during office days or, at their convenience,
download the documents from the LMD website (www.dohslmd.gov.np). Please note,
however, that Bids will only be accepted with a purchased, numbered original of the Bidding
Documents.
6.
Qualifications requirements include, but are not limited to, the requirements stated in the
Section I, Instructions to Bidders of the Bidding Documents.
7.
A complete set of Bidding Documents in English may be purchased by interested bidders on
the submission of a written Application to the address below and upon payment of a nonrefundable fee of NPR 10,000.00 or USD 120.00. The method of payment will be in the
form of a cash deposit certificate in Revenue Title no 14227, Office code no. 27-370-11,
Account no. Ka-1-1-001 of Rastriya Banijya Bank, Teku Branch. Foreign Bidders may also
pay through a bank draft in favour of the LMD, or may receive the (numbered) Bidding
2
Invitation for Bids (IFB)
Documents from the LMD upon presentation of Cash Payment Receipt from Financial
Administration Section of DoHS.
The Bidding Documents will be available at the LMD at the address below during working
hours between 4 March 2013 and up to 12.00 Hours Nepal Time on the 18 April 2013. If
requested in writing and on payment of an additional non-refundable fee of USD 50.00 or
NPR 4,000.00 per set, Bidding Documents shall be sent via a reliable courier service. The
LMD however will not be responsible for any delay or non-delivery of the documents so
sent.
8.
Bids must be delivered to the address below by or before 1200 hours (Nepal time) on
18 April 2013. Electronic bidding will not be permitted. Late Bids will be rejected. Bids will
be opened in the presence of the bidders’ representatives, who choose to attend in person at
the address below at 12:30 hours (local time) on 18 April 2013. All bids must be
accompanied by a Bid Security not less than the amounts shown in the Table below.
ICB 31 Hospital Equipment (including Anaesthesia Machine, CT scan, X-Ray, USG,
Video Arthroscopy System, Naso Pharyngoscope etc.)
Slice
Total quantities
Bid security
Item Description
No
Required
amount in NPR
1
Anaesthesia Machine
10
400,000.00
2
Autoclave Electric
100
80,000.00
3
Steriliser Steam Pressure Electric Type
150
140,000.00
25L
4
Intended Deletion
5
Pulse Oxymeter
70
65,000.00
6
CT Scan 16 Slice
4
5,500,000.00
7
Intended deletion
8
Dental Chair
10
175,000.00
9
ICU Ventilator for Children & Adult
20
800,000.00
Pneumatic
10
Operation Table
10
110,000.00
11.1
USG Portable Colour Doppler 3 probes
10
11.2
High end Colour Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with Convex, Linear and
1
Endocavity Multi Frequency Probes
2,700,000.00
11.3
Middle range Colour Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with convex, Linear and
1
Endocavity Multi-frequency Probes
12
Video Arthroscopy System
2
280,000.00
13
Flexible Naso Pharyngoscope with
10
250,000.00
halogen light
14
X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
8
2,300,000.00
15
X-Ray Machine 300mA
45
11,000,000.00
16
X-Ray Machine 500 mA, Fixed DR with
2
1,100,000.00
film printer
17
Blood Culture System
2
510,000.00
18
Diathermy Electrosurgical 300W
14
275,000.00
19
Video Gastro, Duodeno, Colono with
2
850,000.00
Camera System
20
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction
Angiography System with Pressure
1
1,800,000.00
Injector including Accessories
21
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
1
1,250,000.00
22
Motorised High Frequency Portable
1
600,000.00
Digital X-Ray
Invitation for Bids (IFB)
Bid securities should be in the name of the bidder and in case of a Bid Security issued by
a foreign bank, the same shall be counter-guaranteed by a Class A Commercial Bank in
Nepal. The amount of the Bid Security shall be not less than the amounts shown in the
Table above and must be valid for twenty-eight (28) days after the end of the bid validity
period (i.e. till 13 October 2013).
Notes: Bidders have the choice to provide bid security as follows:
9.

A Single bid security for the total of all slices bid for.

Multiple bid securities for any combination of slices bid for.

Bid security singly per slice.
If the specified date for submission and opening of the bid falls on a government holiday,
then the same time of the next working day shall be considered for such events. The bid
validity and validity of bid security remain unchanged unless amended by another notice.
The address referred to above is as follows:
The Director, Logistic Management Division,
Department of Health services,
Ministry of Health & Population,
Off: Pachali, Teku, Kathmandu,
Tel: off (+977) (0) 1 426 1768; Fax: off (+977) (0) 1 426 1413
E-mail: director@dohslmd.gov.np
3
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
SECTION I. INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
4
5
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures
6
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
Table of Clauses
General .................................................................................................................................................. 8
1.
Scope of Bid............................................................................................................................... 8
2.
Source of Funds ......................................................................................................................... 8
3.
Fraud and Corruption ................................................................................................................. 8
4.
Eligible Bidders ....................................................................................................................... 10
5.
Eligible Goods and Related Services ....................................................................................... 11
Contents of Bidding Documents ....................................................................................................... 11
6.
Sections of Bidding Documents............................................................................................... 11
7.
Clarification of Bidding Documents ........................................................................................ 12
8.
Amendment of Bidding Documents ........................................................................................ 12
Preparation of Bids ............................................................................................................................ 12
9.
Cost of Bidding ........................................................................................................................ 12
10.
Language of Bid....................................................................................................................... 12
11.
Documents Comprising the Bid ............................................................................................... 13
12.
Bid Submission Form and Price Schedules ............................................................................. 13
13.
Alternative Bids ....................................................................................................................... 13
14.
Bid Prices and Discounts ......................................................................................................... 13
15.
Currencies of Bid ..................................................................................................................... 15
16.
Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Bidder ............................................................. 16
17.
Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Goods and Related Services ........................... 16
18.
Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Goods and Related Services ......................... 16
19.
Documents Establishing the Qualifications of the Bidder ....................................................... 16
20.
Period of Validity of Bids ........................................................................................................ 17
21.
Bid Security ............................................................................................................................. 17
22.
Format and Signing of Bid....................................................................................................... 18
Submission and Opening of Bids ...................................................................................................... 19
23.
Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids ............................................................................... 19
24.
Deadline for Submission of Bids ............................................................................................. 19
25.
Late Bids .................................................................................................................................. 19
26.
Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids ............................................................... 19
27.
Bid Opening ............................................................................................................................. 20
Evaluation and Comparison of Bids................................................................................................. 21
28.
Confidentiality ......................................................................................................................... 21
29.
Clarification of Bids................................................................................................................. 21
30.
Responsiveness of Bids............................................................................................................ 21
31.
Nonconformities, Errors, and Omissions ................................................................................. 21
32.
Preliminary Examination of Bids............................................................................................. 22
33.
Examination of Terms and Conditions; Technical Evaluation ................................................ 22
34.
Conversion to Single Currency ................................................................................................ 23
35.
Domestic Preference ................................................................................................................ 23
36.
Evaluation of Bids.................................................................................................................... 23
37.
Comparison of Bids ................................................................................................................. 24
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
38.
39.
7
Postqualification of the Bidder ................................................................................................ 24
Purchaser’s Right to Accept Any Bid, and to Reject Any or All Bids .................................... 24
Award of Contract.............................................................................................................................. 24
40.
Award Criteria ......................................................................................................................... 24
41.
Purchaser’s Right to Vary Quantities at Time of Award......................................................... 24
42.
Notification of Award ............................................................................................................. 24
43.
Signing of Contract ................................................................................................................. 25
44.
Performance Security .............................................................................................................. 25
8
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
General
1. Scope of Bid
2. Source of
Funds
3. Fraud and
Corruption
1.1
The Purchaser indicated in the Bidding Data Sheet (BDS), issues
these Bidding Documents for the supply of Goods and Related Services
incidental thereto as specified in Section VI, Schedule of Requirements.
The name and identification number of this International Competitive
Bidding (ICB) procurement are specified in the BDS. The name,
identification, and number of lots of are provided in the BDS.
1.2
Throughout these Bidding Documents:
(a)
the term “in writing” means communicated in written form (e.g.
by mail, e-mail, fax, telex) with proof of receipt;
(b)
if the context so requires, “singular” means “plural” and vice
versa; and
(c)
“day” means calendar day.
2.1
The Borrower or Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”) specified in
the BDS has applied for or received financing (hereinafter called
“funds”) from the International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development or the International Development Association (hereinafter
called “the Bank”) toward the cost of the project named in the BDS.
The Borrower intends to apply a portion of the funds to eligible
payments under the contract for which these Bidding Documents are
issued.
2.2
Payments by the Bank will be made only at the request of the Borrower
and upon approval by the Bank in accordance with the terms and
conditions of the financing agreement between the Borrower and the
Bank (hereinafter called the Loan Agreement), and will be subject in all
respects to the terms and conditions of that Loan Agreement. The Loan
Agreement prohibits a withdrawal from the loan account for the purpose
of any payment to persons or entities, or for any import of goods, if
such payment or import, to the knowledge of the Bank, is prohibited by
decision of the United Nations Security Council taken under Chapter
VII of the Charter of the United Nations. No party other than the
Borrower shall derive any rights from the Loan Agreement or have any
claim to the funds.
3.1
It is the Bank’s policy to require that Borrowers (including beneficiaries
of Bank loans), as well as bidders, suppliers, and contractors and their
agents (whether declared or not), personnel, subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers and suppliers under Bank-financed
contracts, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement
and execution of such contracts.1 In pursuance of this policy, the Bank:
(a)
1
defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth
In this context, any action taken by a bidder, supplier, contractor, or any of its personnel, agents,
subcontractors, sub-consultants, service providers, suppliers and/or their employees to influence the
procurement process or contract execution for undue advantage is improper.
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
9
below as follows:
(i)
“corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving or
soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to
influence improperly the actions of another party1;
(ii)
“fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including a
misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or
attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other
benefit or to avoid an obligation2;
(iii) “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more
parties3 designed to achieve an improper purpose, including
to influence improperly the actions of another party;
(iv)
“coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening
to impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the
property of the party to influence improperly the actions of a
party4;
(v)
“obstructive practice” is
(aa) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering or
concealing of evidence material to the investigation or
making false statements to investigators in order to
materially impede a Bank investigation into
allegations of a corrupt, fraudulent, coercive or
collusive practice; and/or threatening, harassing or
intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its
knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or
from pursuing the investigation; or
(bb) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the
Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under
sub-clause 3.1 (e) below.
1
(b)
will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder
recommended for award has, directly or through an agent, engaged
in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive or obstructive practices
in competing for the contract in question;
(c)
will cancel the portion of the loan allocated to a contract if it
determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a
beneficiary of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or
coercive practices during the procurement or the execution of that
contract, without the Borrower having taken timely and
appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such
practices when they occur; and
“Another party” refers to a public official acting in relation to the procurement process or contract
execution. In this context, “public official” includes World Bank staff and employees of other
organizations taking or reviewing procurement decisions.
2
“Party” refers to a public official; the terms “benefit” and “obligation” relate to the procurement
process or contract execution; and the “act or omission” is intended to influence the procurement process
or contract execution.
3
“Parties” refers to participants in the procurement process (including public officials) attempting to
establish bid prices at artificial, non- competitive levels.
4
“Party” refers to a participant in the procurement process or contract execution.
10
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
(d)
will sanction a firm or an individual, at any time, in accordance
with prevailing Bank’s sanctions proceduresa, including by
publicly declaring such firm or individual ineligible, either
indefinitely or for a stated period of time:(i) to be awarded a Bankfinanced contract; and (ii) to be a nominatedb subcontractor,
consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider of an
otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract.
3.2 In further pursuance of this policy, Bidders shall permit the Bank to inspect
any accounts and records and other documents relating to the Bid submission
and contract performance, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by
the Bank.
4. Eligible
Bidders
3.3
Furthermore, Bidders shall be aware of the provision stated in SubClause 35.1 (a) (iii) of the General Conditions of Contract.
4.1
A Bidder, and all parties constituting the Bidder, may have the
nationality of any country, subject to the restrictions specified in
Section V, Eligible Countries. A Bidder shall be deemed to have the
nationality of a country if the Bidder is a citizen or is constituted,
incorporated, or registered and operates in conformity with the
provisions of the laws of that country. This criterion shall also apply to
the determination of the nationality of proposed subcontractors or
suppliers for any part of the Contract including Related Services.
4.2
A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. All bidders found to have
conflict of interest shall be disqualified. Bidders may be considered to
have a conflict of interest with one or more parties in this bidding
process, if they:
(a)
are or have been associated in the past, with a firm or any of its
affiliates which have been engaged by the Purchaser to provide
consulting services for the preparation of the design,
specifications, and other documents to be used for the
procurement of the goods to be purchased under these Bidding
Documents ; or
(b)
submit more than one bid in this bidding process, except for
alternative offers permitted under ITB Clause 13. However, this
does not limit the participation of subcontractors in more than one
bid;
4.3-4.4 A firm that has been sanctioned by the Bank in accordance with the above
ITB Clause 3.1 (d), or in accordance with the Bank’s Guidelines on
Preventing and Combating Fraud and Corruption in Projects Financed by
a
A firm or an individual may be declared ineligible to be awarded a Bank-financed contract upon
completion of the Bank’s sanctions proceedings as per its sanctions procedures, including inter alia: (i)
temporary suspension in connection with an ongoing sanctions proceeding; (ii) cross-debarment as agreed
with other International Financial Institutions, including Multilateral Development Banks; and (iii) the
World Bank Group corporate administrative procurement sanctions procedures for fraud and corruption.
b
A nominated sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider (different names are
used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which either has been: (i) included by the bidder
in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how
that are accounted for in the evaluation of the bidder’s pre-qualification application or the bid; or (ii)
appointed by the Borrower.
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
11
IBRD Loans and IDA Credits and Grants, shall be ineligible to be
awarded a Bank-financed contract, or benefit from a Bank-financed
contract, financially or otherwise, during such period of time as the Bank
shall determine. The list of debarred firms is available at the electronic
address specified in the BDS.
5. Eligible
Goods and
Related
Services
4.5
Government-owned enterprises in the Borrower’s Country shall be
eligible only if they can establish that they (i) are legally and
financially autonomous, (ii) operate under commercial law, and (iii)
are not a dependent agency of the Purchaser.
4.6
Bidders shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility
satisfactory to the Purchaser, as the Purchaser shall reasonably request.
5.1
All the Goods and Related Services to be supplied under the Contract
and financed by the Bank may have their origin in any country in
accordance with Section V, Eligible Countries.
5.2
For purposes of this Clause, the term “goods” includes commodities,
raw material, machinery, equipment, and industrial plants; and “related
services” includes services such as insurance, installation, training, and
initial maintenance.
5.3
The term “origin” means the country where the goods have been mined,
grown, cultivated, produced, manufactured or processed; or, through
manufacture, processing, or assembly, another commercially recognized
article results that differs substantially in its basic characteristics from
its components.
Contents of Bidding Documents
6. Sections of
Bidding
Documents
6.1
The Bidding Documents consist of Parts 1, 2, and 3, which include all
the Sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with
any Addendum issued in accordance with ITB Clause 8.
PART 1 Bidding Procedures

Section I. Instructions to Bidders (ITB)

Section II. Bidding Data Sheet (BDS)

Section III. Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

Section IV. Bidding Forms

Section V. Eligible Countries
12
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
PART 2 Supply Requirements

Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
PART 3 Contract

Section VII. General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

Section VIII. Special Conditions of Contract (SCC)

Section IX. Contract Forms
6.2
The Invitation for Bids issued by the Purchaser is not part of the
Bidding Documents.
6.3
The Purchaser is not responsible for the completeness of the Bidding
Documents and their addendum, if they were not obtained directly from
the Purchaser.
6.4
The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and
specifications in the Bidding Documents. Failure to furnish all
information or documentation required by the Bidding Documents may
result in the rejection of the bid.
7. Clarification
of Bidding
Documents
7.1
A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding
Documents shall contact the Purchaser in writing at the Purchaser’s
address specified in the BDS. The Purchaser will respond in writing to
any request for clarification, provided that such request is received no
later than twenty-one (21) days prior to the deadline for submission of
bids. The Purchaser shall forward copies of its response to all those
who have acquired the Bidding Documents directly from it, including a
description of the inquiry but without identifying its source. Should the
Purchaser deem it necessary to amend the Bidding Documents as a
result of a clarification, it shall do so following the procedure under ITB
Clause 8 and ITB Sub-Clause 24.2.
8. Amendment
of Bidding
Documents
8.1
At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Purchaser
may amend the Bidding Documents by issuing addendum.
8.2
Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Documents and shall
be communicated in writing to all who have obtained the Bidding
Documents directly from the Purchaser.
8.3
To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an
addendum into account in preparing their bids, the Purchaser may, at its
discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids, pursuant to
ITB Sub-Clause 24.2
Preparation of Bids
9. Cost of
Bidding
9.1
The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and
submission of its bid, and the Purchaser shall not be responsible or
liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the
bidding process.
10. Language of
Bid
10.1 The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the
bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Purchaser, shall be written in the
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
13
language specified in the BDS. Supporting documents and printed
literature that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided
they are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant passages
into the language specified in the BDS, in which case, for purposes of
interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall govern.
11. Documents
Comprising
the Bid
12. Bid
Submission
Form and
Price
Schedules
11.1 The Bid shall comprise the following:
(a)
Bid Submission Form and the applicable Price Schedules, in
accordance with ITB Clauses 12, 14, and 15;
(b)
Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration, in accordance with
ITB Clause 21, if required;
(c)
written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to
commit the Bidder, in accordance with ITB Clause 22;
(d)
documentary evidence in accordance with ITB Clause 16
establishing the Bidder’s eligibility to bid;
(e)
documentary evidence in accordance with ITB Clause 17, that the
Goods and Related Services to be supplied by the Bidder are of
eligible origin;
(f)
documentary evidence in accordance with ITB Clauses 18 and 30,
that the Goods and Related Services conform to the Bidding
Documents;
(g)
documentary evidence in accordance with ITB Clause 19
establishing the Bidder’s qualifications to perform the contract if
its bid is accepted; and
(h)
any other document required in the BDS.
12.1 The Bidder shall submit the Bid Submission Form using the form
furnished in Section IV, Bidding Forms. This form must be completed
without any alterations to its format, and no substitutes shall be
accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information
requested.
12.2 The Bidder shall submit the Price Schedules for Goods and Related
Services, according to their origin as appropriate, using the forms
furnished in Section IV, Bidding Forms
13. Alternative
Bids
13.1 Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, alternative bids shall not be
considered.
14. Bid Prices
and
Discounts
14.1 The prices and discounts quoted by the Bidder in the Bid Submission
Form and in the Price Schedules shall conform to the requirements
specified below.
14.2 All lots and items must be listed and priced separately in the Price
Schedules.
14.3 The price to be quoted in the Bid Submission Form shall be the total
price of the bid, excluding any discounts offered.
14.4 The Bidder shall quote any unconditional discounts and indicate the
14
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
method for their application in the Bid Submission Form.
14.5 The terms EXW, CIP, and other similar terms shall be governed by the
rules prescribed in the current edition of Incoterms, published by The
International Chamber of Commerce, as specified in the BDS.
14.6 Prices shall be quoted as specified in each Price Schedule included in
Section IV, Bidding Forms. The dis-aggregation of price components is
required solely for the purpose of facilitating the comparison of bids by
the Purchaser. This shall not in any way limit the Purchaser’s right to
contract on any of the terms offered. In quoting prices, the Bidder shall
be free to use transportation through carriers registered in any eligible
country, in accordance with Section V Eligible Countries. Similarly, the
Bidder may obtain insurance services from any eligible country in
accordance with Section V Eligible Countries. Prices shall be entered
in the following manner:
(a)
(b)
(c)
For Goods manufactured in the Purchaser’s Country:
(i)
the price of the Goods quoted EXW (ex works, ex factory,
ex warehouse, ex showroom, or off-the-shelf, as
applicable), including all customs duties and sales and
other taxes already paid or payable on the components and
raw material used in the manufacture or assembly of the
Goods;
(ii)
any Purchaser’s Country sales tax and other taxes which
will be payable on the Goods if the contract is awarded to
the Bidder; and
(iii)
the price for inland transportation, insurance, and other local
services required to convey the Goods to their final
destination (Project Site) specified in the BDS.
For Goods manufactured outside the Purchaser’s Country, to
be imported:
(i)
the price of the Goods, quoted CIP named place of
destination, in the Purchaser’s Country, or CIF named
port of destination, as specified in the BDS;
(ii)
the price for inland transportation, insurance, and other
local services required to convey the Goods from the
named place of destination to their final destination
(Project Site) specified in the BDS;
(iii)
in addition to the CIP prices specified in (b)(i) above,
the price of the Goods to be imported may be quoted
FCA (named place of destination) or CPT (named place
of destination), if so specified in the BDS;
For Goods manufactured outside the Purchaser’s Country,
already imported:
(i)
the price of the Goods, including the original import
value of the Goods; plus any mark-up (or rebate); plus
any other related local cost, and custom duties and other
import taxes already paid or to be paid on the Goods
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
15
already imported.
(ii)
the custom duties and other import taxes already paid
(need to be supported with documentary evidence) or to
be paid on the Goods already imported;
(iii) the price of the Goods, obtained as the difference
between (i) and (ii) above;
(d)
(iv)
any Purchaser’s Country sales and other taxes which
will be payable on the Goods if the contract is awarded
to the Bidder; and
(v)
the price for inland transportation, insurance, and other
local services required to convey the Goods from the
named place of destination to their final destination
(Project Site) specified in the BDS.
for Related Services, other than inland transportation and other
services required to convey the Goods to their final
destination, whenever such Related Services are specified in
the Schedule of Requirements:
(i)
the price of each item comprising the Related Services
(inclusive of any applicable taxes).
14.7 Prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during the Bidder’s
performance of the Contract and not subject to variation on any account,
unless otherwise specified in the BDS. A Bid submitted with an
adjustable price quotation shall be treated as non responsive and shall
be rejected, pursuant to ITB Clause 30. However, if in accordance with
the BDS, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be subject to adjustment
during the performance of the Contract, a bid submitted with a fixed
price quotation shall not be rejected, but the price adjustment shall be
treated as zero.
14.8 If so indicated in ITB Sub-Clause 1.1, bids are being invited for
individual contracts (lots) or for any combination of contracts
(packages). Unless otherwise indicated in the BDS, prices quoted shall
correspond to 100 % of the items specified for each lot and to 100% of
the quantities specified for each item of a lot. Bidders wishing to offer
any price reduction (discount) for the award of more than one Contract
shall specify the applicable price reduction in accordance with ITB SubClause 14.4 provided the bids for all lots are submitted and opened at
the same time.
15. Currencies of
Bid
15.1 The Bidder shall quote in the currency of the Purchaser’s Country the
portion of the bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the
currency of the Purchaser’s country, unless otherwise specified in the
BDS.
15.2 The Bidder may express the bid price in the currency of any country in
accordance with Section V, Eligible countries. If the Bidder wishes to
be paid in a combination of amounts in different currencies, it may
quote its price accordingly but shall use no more than three currencies
in addition to the currency of the Purchaser’s Country.
16
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
16. Documents
Establishing
the Eligibility
of the Bidder
16.1
To establish their eligibility in accordance with ITB Clause 4, Bidders shall
complete the Bid Submission Form, included in Section IV, Bidding
Forms.
17. Documents
Establishing
the Eligibility
of the Goods
and Related
Services
17.1 To establish the eligibility of the Goods and Related Services in
accordance with ITB Clause 5, Bidders shall complete the country of
origin declarations in the Price Schedule Forms, included in Section IV,
Bidding Forms.
18. Documents
Establishing
the
Conformity
of the Goods
and Related
Services
18.1 To establish the conformity of the Goods and Related Services to the
Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish as part of its Bid the
documentary evidence that the Goods conform to the technical
specifications and standards specified in Section VI, Schedule of
Requirements.
18.2 The documentary evidence may be in the form of literature, drawings or
data, and shall consist of a detailed item by item description of the
essential technical and performance characteristics of the Goods and
Related Services, demonstrating substantial responsiveness of the
Goods and Related Services to the technical specification, and if
applicable, a statement of deviations and exceptions to the provisions of
the Schedule of Requirements.
18.3 The Bidder shall also furnish a list giving full particulars, including
available sources and current prices of spare parts, special tools, etc.,
necessary for the proper and continuing functioning of the Goods during
the period specified in the BDS following commencement of the use of
the goods by the Purchaser.
18.4 Standards for workmanship, process, material, and equipment, as well
as references to brand names or catalogue numbers specified by the
Purchaser in the Schedule of Requirements, are intended to be
descriptive only and not restrictive. The Bidder may offer other
standards of quality, brand names, and/or catalogue numbers, provided
that it demonstrates, to the Purchaser’s satisfaction, that the
substitutions ensure substantial equivalence or are superior to those
specified in the Schedule of Requirements.
19. Documents
Establishing
the
Qualification
s of the
Bidder
19.1 The documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications to perform the
contract if its bid is accepted shall establish to the Purchaser’s
satisfaction:
(a)
that, if required in the BDS, a Bidder that does not manufacture or
produce the Goods it offers to supply shall submit the
Manufacturer’s Authorization using the form included in Section IV,
Bidding Forms to demonstrate that it has been duly authorized by
the manufacturer or producer of the Goods to supply these Goods in
the Purchaser’s Country;
(b)
that, if required in the BDS, in case of a Bidder not doing
business within the Purchaser’s Country, the Bidder is or will be
(if awarded the contract) represented by an Agent in the country
equipped and able to carry out the Supplier’s maintenance, repair
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
17
and spare parts-stocking obligations prescribed in the Conditions
of Contract and/or Technical Specifications; and
(c)
20. Period of
Validity of
Bids
that the Bidder meets each of the qualification criterion specified
in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
20.1 Bids shall remain valid for the period specified in the BDS after the bid
submission deadline date prescribed by the Purchaser. A bid valid for a
shorter period shall be rejected by the Purchaser as non responsive.
20.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the bid validity
period, the Purchaser may request bidders to extend the period of
validity of their bids. The request and the responses shall be made in
writing. If a Bid Security is requested in accordance with ITB Clause
21, it shall also be extended for a corresponding period. A Bidder may
refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid Security. A Bidder granting
the request shall not be required or permitted to modify its bid, except
as provided in ITB Sub-Clause 20.3.
20.3 In the case of fixed price contracts, if the award is delayed by a period
exceeding fifty-six (56) days beyond the expiry of the initial bid
validity, the Contract price shall be adjusted as specified in the request
for extension. Bid evaluation shall be based on the Bid Price without
taking into consideration the above correction.
21. Bid Security
21.1 The Bidder shall furnish as part of its bid, a Bid Security or a BidSecuring Declaration, if required, as specified in the BDS.
21.2 The Bid Security shall be in the amount specified in the BDS and
denominated in the currency of the Purchaser’s Country or a freely
convertible currency, and shall:
(a)
at the bidder’s option, be in the form of either a letter of credit, or
a bank guarantee from a banking institution, or a bond issued by a
surety;
(b)
be issued by a reputable institution selected by the bidder and
located in any eligible country. If the institution issuing the bond
is located outside the Purchaser’s Country, it shall have a
correspondent financial institution located in the Purchaser’s
Country to make it enforceable.
(c)
be substantially in accordance with one of the forms of Bid
Security included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or other form
approved by the Purchaser prior to bid submission;
(d)
be payable promptly upon written demand by the Purchaser in
case the conditions listed in ITB Clause 21.5 are invoked;
(e)
be submitted in its original form; copies will not be accepted;
(f)
remain valid for a period of 28 days beyond the validity period of
the bids, as extended, if applicable, in accordance with ITB
Clause 20.2;
21.3 If a Bid Security or a Bid- Securing Declaration is required in
18
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 21.1, any bid not accompanied by a
substantially responsive Bid Security or Bid Securing Declaration in
accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 21.1, shall be rejected by the
Purchaser as non-responsive.
21.4 The Bid Security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly
as possible upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of the Performance
Security pursuant to ITB Clause 44.
21.5 The Bid Security may be forfeited or the Bid Securing Declaration
executed:
(a)
if a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity
specified by the Bidder on the Bid Submission Form, except as
provided in ITB Sub-Clause 20.2; or
(b)
if the successful Bidder fails to:
(i)
sign the Contract in accordance with ITB Clause 43;
(ii)
furnish a Performance Security in accordance with ITB
Clause 44.
21.6 The Bid Security or Bid- Securing Declaration of a JV must be in the
name of the JV that submits the bid. If the JV has not been legally
constituted at the time of bidding, the Bid Security or Bid-Securing
Declaration shall be in the names of all future partners as named in the
letter of intent mentioned in Section IV “Bidding Forms,” Bidder
Information Form Item 7.
21.7 If a bid security is not required in the BDS, and
(a)
if a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity
specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid Form, except as
provided in ITB 20.2, or
(b)
if the successful Bidder fails to: sign the Contract in accordance
with ITB 43; or furnish a performance security in accordance with
ITB 44;
the Borrower may, if provided for in the BDS, declare the Bidder
disqualified to be awarded a contract by the Purchaser for a period of
time as stated in the BDS.
22. Format and
Signing of
Bid
22.1 The Bidder shall prepare one original of the documents comprising the
bid as described in ITB Clause 11 and clearly mark it “ORIGINAL.” In
addition, the Bidder shall submit copies of the bid, in the number
specified in the BDS and clearly mark them “COPY.” In the event of
any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall
prevail.
22.2 The original and all copies of the bid shall be typed or written in
indelible ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on
behalf of the Bidder.
22.3 Any interlineation, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they
are signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
19
Submission and Opening of Bids
23. Submission,
Sealing and
Marking of
Bids
23.1 Bidders may always submit their bids by mail or by hand. When so
specified in the BDS, bidders shall have the option of submitting their
bids electronically.
(a)
Bidders submitting bids by mail or by hand, shall enclose the
original and each copy of the Bid, including alternative bids, if
permitted in accordance with ITB Clause 13, in separate sealed
envelopes, duly marking the envelopes as “ORIGINAL” and
“COPY.” These envelopes containing the original and the copies
shall then be enclosed in one single envelope. The rest of the
procedure shall be in accordance with ITB sub-Clauses 23.2 and
23.3.
(b)
Bidders submitting bids electronically shall follow the electronic
bid submission procedures specified in the BDS.
23.2 The inner and outer envelopes shall:
23.3
(a)
Bear the name and address of the Bidder;
(b)
be addressed to the Purchaser in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause
24.1;
(c)
bear the specific identification of this bidding process indicated in
ITB 1.1 and any additional identification marks as specified in
the BDS; and
(d)
bear a warning not to open before the time and date for bid
opening, in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 27.1.
If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Purchaser
will assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature
opening of the bid.
24. Deadline for
Submission
of Bids
24.1 Bids must be received by the Purchaser at the address and no later than
the date and time specified in the BDS.
25. Late Bids
25.1 The Purchaser shall not consider any bid that arrives after the deadline
for submission of bids, in accordance with ITB Clause 24. Any bid
received by the Purchaser after the deadline for submission of bids shall
be declared late, rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.
26. Withdrawal,
Substitution,
and
Modification
of Bids
26.1 A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its Bid after it has been
submitted by sending a written notice in accordance with ITB Clause
23, duly signed by an authorized representative, and shall include a
copy of the authorization (the power of attorney) in accordance with
ITB Sub-Clause 22.2, (except that no copies of the withdrawal notice
are required). The corresponding substitution or modification of the bid
must accompany the respective written notice. All notices must be:
24.2 The Purchaser may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the
submission of bids by amending the Bidding Documents in accordance
with ITB Clause 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the
Purchaser and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter
be subject to the deadline as extended.
20
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
(a)
submitted in accordance with ITB Clauses 22 and 23 (except that
withdrawal notices do not require copies), and in addition, the
respective envelopes shall be clearly marked “WITHDRAWAL,”
“SUBSTITUTION,” or “MODIFICATION;” and
(b)
received by the Purchaser prior to the deadline prescribed for
submission of bids, in accordance with ITB Clause 24.
26.2 Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause
26.1 shall be returned unopened to the Bidders.
26.3 No bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval
between the deadline for submission of bids and the expiration of the
period of bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Bid Submission
Form or any extension thereof.
27. Bid Opening
27.1 The Purchaser shall conduct the bid opening in public at the address,
date and time specified in the BDS. Any specific electronic bid
opening procedures required if electronic bidding is permitted in
accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 23.1, shall be as specified in the BDS.
27.2 First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened and read out
and the envelope with the corresponding bid shall not be opened, but
returned to the Bidder. If the withdrawal envelope does not contain a
copy of the “power of attorney” confirming the signature as a person
duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Bidder, the corresponding bid
will be opened. No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the
corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorization to
request the withdrawal and is read out at bid opening. Next, envelopes
marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be opened and read out and exchanged
with the corresponding Bid being substituted, and the substituted Bid
shall not be opened, but returned to the Bidder. No Bid substitution
shall be permitted unless the corresponding substitution notice contains
a valid authorization to request the substitution and is read out at bid
opening. Envelopes marked “MODIFICATION” shall be opened and read
out with the corresponding Bid. No Bid modification shall be permitted
unless the corresponding modification notice contains a valid
authorization to request the modification and is read out at Bid opening.
Only envelopes that are opened and read out at Bid opening shall be
considered further.
27.3 All other envelopes shall be opened one at a time, reading out: the name
of the Bidder and whether there is a modification; the Bid Prices,
including any discounts and alternative offers; the presence of a Bid
Security or Bid-Securing Declaration, if required; and any other details
as the Purchaser may consider appropriate. Only discounts and
alternative offers read out at Bid opening shall be considered for
evaluation. No Bid shall be rejected at Bid opening except for late bids,
in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 25.1.
27.4 The Purchaser shall prepare a record of the Bid opening that shall
include, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder and whether there is a
withdrawal, substitution, or modification; the Bid Price, per lot if
applicable, including any discounts, and alternative offers if they were
permitted; and the presence or absence of a Bid Security or BidSecuring Declaration, if one was required. The Bidders’ representatives
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
21
who are present shall be requested to sign the attendance sheet. A copy
of the record shall be distributed to all Bidders who submitted bids in
time, and posted online when electronic bidding is permitted.
Evaluation and Comparison of Bids
28. Confidentialit
y
28.1 Information relating to the examination, evaluation, comparison, and
postqualification of bids, and recommendation of contract award, shall
not be disclosed to bidders or any other persons not officially concerned
with such process until publication of the Contract Award.
28.2 Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Purchaser in the examination,
evaluation, comparison, and postqualification of the bids or contract
award decisions may result in the rejection of its Bid.
28.3 Notwithstanding ITB Sub-Clause 28.2, from the time of bid opening to
the time of Contract Award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the
Purchaser on any matter related to the bidding process, it should do so
in writing.
29. Clarification
of Bids
29.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, comparison and postqualification of the bids, the Purchaser may, at its discretion, ask any
Bidder for a clarification of its Bid. Any clarification submitted by a
Bidder in respect to its Bid and that is not in response to a request by the
Purchaser shall not be considered. The Purchaser’s request for
clarification and the response shall be in writing. No change in the
prices or substance of the Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted,
except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the
Purchaser in the Evaluation of the bids, in accordance with ITB Clause
31.
30. Responsivene
ss of Bids
30.1 The Purchaser’s determination of a bid’s responsiveness is to be based
on the contents of the bid itself.
30.2 A substantially responsive Bid is one that conforms to all the terms,
conditions, and specifications of the Bidding Documents without
material deviation, reservation, or omission. A material deviation,
reservation, or omission is one that:
(a)
affects in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance
of the Goods and Related Services specified in the Contract; or
(b)
limits in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding
Documents, the Purchaser’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations
under the Contract; or
(c)
if rectified would unfairly affect the competitive position of other
bidders presenting substantially responsive bids.
30.3 If a bid is not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents, it
shall be rejected by the Purchaser and may not subsequently be made
responsive by the Bidder by correction of the material deviation,
reservation, or omission.
31. Nonconformi
ties, Errors,
and
31.1 Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser may
waive any non-conformities or omissions in the Bid that do not
constitute a material deviation.
22
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
Omissions
31.2 Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser may
request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or
documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify
nonmaterial nonconformities or omissions in the bid related to
documentation requirements. Such omission shall not be related to any
aspect of the price of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the
request may result in the rejection of its Bid.
31.3 Provided that the Bid is substantially responsive, the Purchaser shall
correct arithmetical errors on the following basis:
(a)
if there is a discrepancy between the unit price and the line item
total that is obtained by multiplying the unit price by the quantity,
the unit price shall prevail and the line item total shall be
corrected, unless in the opinion of the Purchaser there is an
obvious misplacement of the decimal point in the unit price, in
which case the line item total as quoted shall govern and the unit
price shall be corrected;
(b)
if there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition or
subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and the total
shall be corrected; and
(c)
if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in
words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is
related to an arithmetic error, in which case the amount in figures
shall prevail subject to (a) and (b) above.
31.4 If the Bidder that submitted the lowest evaluated Bid does not accept
the correction of errors, its Bid shall be rejected.
32. Preliminary
Examination
of Bids
32.1 The Purchaser shall examine the bids to confirm that all documents and
technical documentation requested in ITB Clause 11 have been
provided, and to determine the completeness of each document
submitted.
32.2 The Purchaser shall confirm that the following documents and
information have been provided in the Bid. If any of these documents
or information is missing, the offer shall be rejected.
33. Examination
of Terms and
Conditions;
Technical
Evaluation
(a)
Bid Submission Form, in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 12.1;
(b)
Price Schedules, in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 12.2;
(c)
Bid Security or Bid Securing Declaration, in accordance with ITB
Clause 21, if applicable.
33.1 The Purchaser shall examine the Bid to confirm that all terms and
conditions specified in the GCC and the SCC have been accepted by the
Bidder without any material deviation or reservation.
33.2 The Purchaser shall evaluate the technical aspects of the Bid submitted
in accordance with ITB Clause 18, to confirm that all requirements
specified in Section VI, Schedule of Requirements of the Bidding
Documents have been met without any material deviation or
reservation.
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
23
33.3 If, after the examination of the terms and conditions and the technical
evaluation, the Purchaser determines that the Bid is not substantially
responsive in accordance with ITB Clause 30, it shall reject the Bid.
34. Conversion to 34.1 For evaluation and comparison purposes, the Purchaser shall convert all
bid prices expressed in amounts in various currencies into an amount in
Single
a single currency specified in the BDS, using the selling exchange rates
Currency
established by the source and on the date specified in the BDS.
35. Domestic
Preference
35.1 Domestic preference shall not be a factor in bid evaluation, unless
otherwise specified in the BDS.
36. Evaluation of
Bids
36.1 The Purchaser shall evaluate each bid that has been determined, up to
this stage of the evaluation, to be substantially responsive.
36.2 To evaluate a Bid, the Purchaser shall only use all the factors,
methodologies and criteria defined in ITB Clause 36. No other criteria
or methodology shall be permitted.
36.3 To evaluate a Bid, the Purchaser shall consider the following:
(a)
evaluation will be done for Items or Lots, as specified in the
BDS; and the Bid Price as quoted in accordance with clause 14;
(b)
price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in accordance
with ITB Sub-Clause 31.3;
(c)
price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB
Sub-Clause 14.4;
(d)
adjustments due to the application of the evaluation criteria
specified in the BDS from amongst those set out in Section III,
Evaluation and Qualification Criteria;
(e)
adjustments due to the application of a margin of preference, in
accordance with ITB Clause 35 if applicable.
36.4 The Purchaser’s evaluation of a bid will exclude and not take into
account:
(a)
In the case of Goods manufactured in the Purchaser’s Country,
sales and other similar taxes, which will be payable on the goods
if a contract is awarded to the Bidder;
(b)
in the case of Goods manufactured outside the Purchaser’s
Country, already imported or to be imported, customs duties and
other import taxes levied on the imported Good, sales and other
similar taxes, which will be payable on the Goods if the contract
is awarded to the Bidder;
(c)
any allowance for price adjustment during the period of execution
of the contract, if provided in the bid.
36.5 The Purchaser’s evaluation of a bid may require the consideration of
other factors, in addition to the Bid Price quoted in accordance with ITB
Clause 14. These factors may be related to the characteristics,
performance, and terms and conditions of purchase of the Goods and
Related Services. The effect of the factors selected, if any, shall be
24
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
expressed in monetary terms to facilitate comparison of bids, unless
otherwise specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
The factors, methodologies and criteria to be used shall be as specified
in ITB 36.3 (d).
36.6 If so specified in the BDS, these Bidding Documents shall allow
Bidders to quote separate prices for one or more lots, and shall allow the
Purchaser to award one or multiple lots to more than one Bidder. The
methodology of evaluation to determine the lowest-evaluated lot
combinations, is specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification
Criteria.
37. Comparison
of Bids
37.1 The Purchaser shall compare all substantially responsive bids to
determine the lowest-evaluated bid, in accordance with ITB Clause 36.
38. Post
qualification
of the Bidder
38.1 The Purchaser shall determine to its satisfaction whether the Bidder that
is selected as having submitted the lowest evaluated and substantially
responsive bid is qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.
38.2 The determination shall be based upon an examination of the
documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the
Bidder, pursuant to ITB Clause 19.
38.3 An affirmative determination shall be a prerequisite for award of the
Contract to the Bidder. A negative determination shall result in
disqualification of the bid, in which event the Purchaser shall proceed to
the next lowest evaluated bid to make a similar determination of that
Bidder’s capabilities to perform satisfactorily.
39. Purchaser’s
Right to
Accept Any
Bid, and to
Reject Any or
All Bids
39.1 The Purchaser reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul
the bidding process and reject all bids at any time prior to contract
award, without thereby incurring any liability to Bidders.
Award of Contract
40. Award
Criteria
40.1 The Purchaser shall award the Contract to the Bidder whose offer has
been determined to be the lowest evaluated bid and is substantially
responsive to the Bidding Documents, provided further that the Bidder
is determined to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.
41. Purchaser’s
Right to Vary
Quantities at
Time of
Award
41.1 At the time the Contract is awarded, the Purchaser reserves the right to
increase or decrease the quantity of Goods and Related Services
originally specified in Section VI, Schedule of Requirements, provided
this does not exceed the percentages specified in the BDS, and without
any change in the unit prices or other terms and conditions of the bid
and the Bidding Documents.
42.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the Purchaser shall
notify the successful Bidder, in writing, that its Bid has been accepted.
42. Notification
of Award
42.2 Until a formal Contract is prepared and executed, the notification of
award shall constitute a binding Contract.
42.3 The Purchaser shall publish in UNDB online and in the dgMarket the
results identifying the bid and lot numbers and the following
Section I. Instructions to Bidders
25
information: (i) name of each Bidder who submitted a Bid; (ii) bid
prices as read out at bid opening; (iii) name and evaluated prices of each
Bid that was evaluated; (iv) name of bidders whose bids were rejected
and the reasons for their rejection; and (v) name of the winning Bidder,
and the price it offered, as well as the duration and summary scope of
the contract awarded. After publication of the award, unsuccessful
bidders may request in writing to the Purchaser for a debriefing seeking
explanations on the grounds on which their bids were not selected. The
Purchaser shall promptly respond in writing to any unsuccessful Bidder
who, after Publication of contract award, requests a debriefing.
42.4 Upon the successful Bidder’s furnishing of the signed Contract Form and
performance security pursuant to ITB Clause 44, the Purchaser will
promptly notify each unsuccessful Bidder and will discharge its bid
security, pursuant to ITB Clause 21.4.
43. Signing of
Contract
44. Performance
Security
43.1 Promptly after notification, the Purchaser shall send the successful
Bidder the Agreement and the Special Conditions of Contract.
43.2 Within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the Agreement, the
successful Bidder shall sign, date, and return it to the Purchaser.
43.3 Notwithstanding ITB 43.2 above, in case signing of the Contract
Agreement is prevented by any export restrictions attributable to the
Purchaser, to the country of the Purchaser, or to the use of the
products/goods, systems or services to be supplied, where such export
restrictions arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those
products/goods, systems or services, the Bidder shall not be bound by its
bid, always provided, always provided, however, that the Bidder can
demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Purchaser and of the Bank that
signing of the Contact Agreement has not been prevented by any lack of
diligence on the part of the Bidder in completing any formalities, including
applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of
the products/goods, systems or services under the terms of the Contract.
44.1 Within twenty eight (28) days of the receipt of notification of award
from the Purchaser, the successful Bidder, if required, shall furnish the
Performance Security in accordance with the GCC, using for that
purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section IX Contract
forms, or another Form acceptable to the Purchaser. The Purchaser shall
promptly notify the name of the winning Bidder to each unsuccessful
Bidder and discharge the Bid Securities of the unsuccessful bidders
pursuant to ITB Sub-Clause 21.4.
44.2 Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned
Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient
grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid
Security or execution of the Bid-Securing Declaration. In that event the
Purchaser may award the Contract to the next lowest evaluated Bidder,
whose offer is substantially responsive and is determined by the
Purchaser to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.
26
Section II. Bidding Data Sheet (BDS)
Section II. Bidding Data Sheet (BDS)
The following specific data for the goods to be procured shall complement, supplement, or amend
the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions
herein shall prevail over those in ITB.
ITB Clause
Reference
ITB 1.1
A. General
Name of Purchaser: Ministry of Health and Population, Department of Health
Services, Logistics Management Division, Pachali, Teku, Kathmandu, Nepal.
Type of goods: Hospital and Laboratory Equipment
The name and identification number of the Contracts :
NHSP-II/G/ICB-31/Procurement of Hospital and Laboratory Equipment
(including Anaesthesia Machine, CT Scan, X-Ray, USG, Video Arthroscopy
System, Naso Pharyngoscope etc.)/ 2012-13
The contract package has been divided in 22 slices as under:
ICB 31 Hospital Equipment (including Anaesthesia Machine, CT scan, XRay, USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso Pharyngoscope etc.)
Slice No
Item Description
31.1
Anaesthesia Machine
31.2
Autoclave Electric
31.3
Steriliser Steam Pressure Electric Type 25L
31.4
Intended Deletion
31.5
Pulse Oxymeter
31.6
CT Scan 16 Slice
31.7
Intended deletion
31.8
Dental Chair
31.9
ICU Ventilator for Children & Adult Pneumatic
31.10
Operating Table
31.11.1
USG Portable Colour Doppler 3 probes
31.11.2
31.12
High end Colour Doppler Ultrasound Machine with Convex, Linear
and Endocavity Multi Frequency Probes
Middle range Colour Doppler Ultrasound Machine with convex,
Linear and Endocavity Multi-frequency Probes
Video Arthroscopy System
31.13
Flexible Naso Pharyngoscope with halogen light
31.14
X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
31.11.3
Section II Bid Data Sheet
27
Slice No
Item Description
31.15
X-Ray Machine 300mA
31.16
X-Ray Machine 500 mA, Fixed DR with film printer
31.17
Blood Culture System
31.18
Diathermy Electrosurgical 300W
31.19
Video Gastro, Duodeno, Colono with Camera System
31.20
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography System with Pressure
Injector including Accessories
31.21
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
31.22
Motorised High Frequency Portable Digital X-Ray
A bidder may bid for one or more than one slice. Bidders bidding for more than
one slice will so indicate in their bid form, together with a statement regarding
discount/cross discount if any. Bidders shall quote for the complete quantity of
quoted slice. Evaluation will be done for each slice, with the final award being
determined on the combination that is of least cost to Purchaser.
ITB 1.2
The term “slice” has the same meaning as “lot” in Section I, ITB and Section VII,
General Conditions of Contract
ITB 2.1
The Borrower is: Government of Nepal (GoN)
Loan or Credit Number: Cr. 4707-NEP & Gr. H 557-NEP
The name of the Project : Nepal Health Sector Program 2 (NHSP-2)
ITB 4.3-4.4
A list of debarred firms is available at http://www.worldbank.org/debarr
B. Contents of Bidding Documents
ITB 7.1
For Clarification of bid purposes only the Purchaser’s address is:
Attention: Director, Logistics Management Division,
Department of Health Services,
Address: Teku, Kathmandu
City: Kathmandu
Country: Nepal
Telephone: 977-01-4261768
Facsimile number: 977-01-4261413
Electronic mail address: director@dohslmd.gov.np
C. Preparation of Bids
ITB 10.1
The language of the bid is: English.
ITB 11.1 (h)
The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in its bid: None
ITB 13.1
Alternative Bids shall not be considered.
28
Section II Bid Data Sheet
ITB 14.5
The Incoterms edition is: 2000
ITB 14.6 (b)
(i)
Place of Destination: DDU Birgunj, Nepal or Tribhuvan International
Airport, Kathmandu, Nepal (to be specified by the bidder)
ITB 14.6 (c)
(iii)
Place of Destination: Warehouse of the goods already imported in Nepal,
ITB 14.6 (a)
(iii);(b)(ii) and
(c)(v)
“Final destination (Project Site)”:
ITB 14.6 (b)
(iii)
In addition to the DDU price specified in ITB 14.6 (b)(i), the price of the Goods
manufactured outside the Purchaser’s Country shall be quoted :
As specified in Section VI. Schedule of Requirements “List of Goods and
Delivery Schedule”
DDU Final destination (project sites)
ITB 14.7
The prices quoted by the Bidder shall not be adjustable.
ITB 14.8
Prices quoted for each slice shall correspond at least to 100 % of the items
specified for each slice.
Prices quoted for each item of a slice shall correspond at least to 100 % of the
quantities specified for this item in the slice.
ITB 15.1
The Bidder is required to quote in Nepalese Rupees
ITB 18.3
Period of time the Goods are expected to be functioning (for the purpose of spare
parts): 5 years
ITB 19.1 (a)
Manufacturer’s authorization to the bidder is required for as shown in Part VI
Schedule of Requirements, 2 List of Related Services and Completion Schedule.
ITB 19.1 (b)
After sales service (maintenance, repair and spare parts-stocking obligations) is
required as shown in Section VI, Schedule of Requirements, 2 List of Related
Services and Completion Schedule
ITB 20.1
The bid validity period shall be: 150 days after the deadline for bid submission
(i.e. up to 15 September 2013).
ITB 21.1
Bid shall include a Bid Security only in the form of a Bank Guarantee and in the
format as provided in the template included in Section IV Bidding Forms. In case
of a Bid Security issued by a foreign bank, the same shall be counter-guaranteed
by a Class A Commercial Bank in Nepal.
ITB 21.2
The amount of the Bid Security shall be not less than the amounts shown in the
Table below and must be valid for twenty-eight (28) days after the end of the bid
validity period (i.e. till 13 October 2013).
ICB 31 Hospital Equipment (including Anaesthesia Machine, CT scan, X-Ray,
USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso Pharyngoscope etc.)
Slice No
Item Description
Bid security amount
in NPR
31.1
Anaesthesia Machine
400,000.00
31.2
Autoclave Electric
80,000.00
31.3
Steriliser Steam Pressure Electric Type 25L
140,000.00
Section II Bid Data Sheet
29
31.4
31.5
Intended Deletion
Pulse Oxymeter
31.6
CT Scan 16 Slice
31.7
Intended deletion
31.8
Dental Chair
31.9
ICU Ventilator for Children & Adult
Pneumatic
Operation Table
31.10
31.11.1
USG Portable Colour Doppler 3 probes
31.11.2
High end Colour Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with Convex, Linear and
Endocavity Multi Frequency Probes
Middle range Colour Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with convex, Linear and Endocavity
Multi-frequency Probes
Video Arthroscopy System
31.11.3
31.12
31.13
31.14
Flexible Naso Pharyngoscope with halogen
light
X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
31.15
X-Ray Machine 300mA
31.16
31.17
X-Ray Machine 500 mA, Fixed DR with
film printer
Blood Culture System
31.18
Diathermy Electrosurgical 300W
31.19
Video Gastro, Duodeno, Colono with
Camera System
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
31.20
31.21
31.22
65,000.00
5,500,000.00
175,000.00
800,000.00
110,000.00
2,700,000.00
280,000.00
250,000.00
2,300,000.00
11,000,000.00
1,100,000.00
510,000.00
275,000.00
850,000.00
1,800,000.00
1,250,000.00
Motorised High Frequency Portable Digital
X-Ray
600,000.00
Notes:
A single bid security may be provided for the total of all slices bid for. Bidders
may also provide multiple bid securities for any combination of slices or bid
security singly per slice.
Bid securities in another freely convertible currency, apart from NPR will be
converted into NPR at the Selling Exchange rate for that currency on the date
specified in ITB Clause 34.1. (21 March 2013).
Insufficiency of bid security amount due to conversion of other currencies will
result in disqualification of the bid for the slices for which such bid security was
provided.
ITB 21.7
If the Bidder incurs any of the actions prescribed in sub-paragraphs (a) or (b) of
this provision, the Borrower will declare the Bidder ineligible to be awarded
contracts by the Purchaser for a period of two (2) calendar years.
ITB 22.1
In addition to the original of the bid, the number of copies is: One
A copy is defined as a complete copy of the Original Bid including copies of all
the documents contained within the Original Bid.
Failure to provide a copy will result in disqualification of entire bid.
30
Section II Bid Data Sheet
D. Submission and Opening of Bids
ITB 23.1
Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their bids electronically.
ITB 23.2 (c)
The inner and outer envelopes shall bear the following additional identification
marks:
IFB No: NHSP-II/G/ICB-31/Procurement of Hospital Equipment (including
Anaesthesia Machine, CT scan, X-Ray, USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso
Pharyngoscope etc.)/ 2012-13
ITB 24.1
For bid submission purposes, the Purchaser’s address is:
Attention: Director, Logistics Management Division.
Address: Ministry of Health and Population, Department of Health Services,
Logistics Management Division, Pachali, Teku
City: Kathmandu ; Country: Nepal
The deadline for the submission of bids is:
Date: 18 April 2013
Time: 1200 Hours (Nepal Time)
If the specified date for submission and opening of the bid falls on a government
holiday, then the same time of the next working day shall be considered for such
events. The bid validity and validity of bid security remain unchanged unless
amended by another notice.
ITB 27.1
The bid opening shall take place at:
Department of Health Services, Logistics Management Division
Street Address: Pachali, Teku
Floor/ Room number: First floor, Conference Hall of Procurement Section.
City: Kathmandu
Country: Nepal
Date: 18 April 2013
Time: 12:30 Hours (Nepal Time)
E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids
ITB 34.1
Bid prices expressed in different currencies shall be converted to: Nepalese
Rupees (NPR)
The source of exchange rate shall be: Nepal Rastra Bank, Foreign Currency
Exchange Rate (Selling Rate) available at website: www.nrb.org.np
The date for the exchange rate shall be 28 days prior to closing of bids: 21 March
2013
ITB 35.1
ITB 36.3(a)
Domestic preference shall be a bid evaluation factor as specified in Section III,
Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
Bids will be evaluated slice by slice and in no case will a slice be split and
divided among bidders. In case a slice contains more than one item all items in
that slice must be substantially responsive. Only those slices in which all the items
are substantially responsive will be considered substantially responsive.
If a Price Schedule shows items listed but not priced, their prices shall be assumed
to be included in the prices of other items. An item not listed in the Price
Section II Bid Data Sheet
31
Schedule shall be assumed to be not included in the bid, and provided that the bid
is substantially responsive, the average price of the item quoted by substantially
responsive bidders will be added to the bid price and the equivalent total cost of
the bid so determined will be used for price comparison.
ITB 36.3(d)
The adjustments shall be determined using the following criteria, from amongst
those set out in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria:
For details refer to Schedule III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria;
ITB 36.6
(a)
deviation in Delivery schedule: Yes up to 10 weeks
(b)
deviation in payment schedule: No deviation allowed
(c)
the cost of required, mandatory spare parts, user training and maintenance
service: Costs as specified to be required in Section VI to be included in
the price schedule.
(d)
the availability in the Purchaser’s Country of spare parts and after-sales
services for the equipment offered in the bid: A signed, written
declaration by the Bidder to this effect must be included as part of the
Bid.
(e)
the projected operating and maintenance costs during the life of the
equipment : Not applicable
(f)
the performance and productivity of the equipment offered; Not
applicable
Bidders shall quote separate prices for individual Slices
F. Award of Contract
ITB 41.1
The maximum percentage by which quantities may be increased is: 25%.
The maximum percentage by which quantities may be decreased is: 25%.
Section III. Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
Section III. Evaluation and Qualification
Criteria
Contents
1. Domestic Preference (ITB 35.1)
2. Evaluation Criteria (ITB 36.3 (d))
3. Multiple Contracts (ITB 36.6)
4. Post qualification Requirements (ITB 38.2)
32
Section III. Evaluation Criteria
33
1. Domestic Preference (ITB 35.1)
The Purchaser will grant a margin of preference to goods manufactured in the Purchaser’s country
for the purpose of bid comparison, in accordance with the procedures outlined in subsequent
paragraphs.
Bids will be classified in one of three groups, as follows:
(a)
Group A: Bids offering goods manufactured in the Purchaser’s Country, for which (i) labor, raw
materials, and components from within the Purchaser’s Country account for more than thirty (30)
percent of the EXW price; and (ii) the production facility in which they will be manufactured or
assembled has been engaged in manufacturing or assembling such goods at least prior to the date
of bid submission. Only those certificates issued by the Department of Industry of the
Government of Nepal certifying the credentials of a local manufacturer qualifying for domestic
preference will be acceptable. Certification from other agencies will not be considered
(b)
Group B: All other bids offering Goods manufactured in the Purchaser’s Country.
(c)
Group C: Bids offering Goods manufactured outside the Purchaser’s Country that have
been already imported or that will be imported.
To facilitate this classification by the Purchaser, the Bidder shall complete whichever version of
the Price Schedule furnished in the Bidding Documents is appropriate provided, however, that the
completion of an incorrect version of the Price Schedule by the Bidder shall not result in rejection
of its bid, but merely in the Purchaser’s reclassification of the bid into its appropriate bid group.
The Purchaser will first review the bids to confirm the appropriateness of, and to modify as
necessary, the bid group classification to which bidders assigned their bids in preparing their Bid
Forms and Price Schedules.
All evaluated bids in each group will then be compared to determine the lowest evaluated bid of
each group. Such lowest evaluated bids shall be compared with each other and if as a result of this
comparison a bid from Group A or Group B is the lowest, it shall be selected for the award.
If, as a result of the preceding comparison, the lowest evaluated bid is from Group C, the lowest
evaluated bid from Group C bids will then be further compared with the lowest evaluated bid from
Group A, after adding to the evaluated bid price of goods offered in the bid for Group C, for the
purpose of further comparison only an amount equal to ten (10) percent of the CIP Birgunj, Nepal
or Kathmandu International Airport, Nepal bid price. The lowest-evaluated bid determined from
this last comparison shall be selected for the award.”
2. Evaluation Criteria (ITB 36.3 (d))
The Purchaser’s evaluation of a bid will take into account, in addition to the Bid Price quoted in
accordance with ITB Clause 14.6, the following factors as specified in ITB Sub-Clause 36.3(d)
and in BDS referring to ITB 36.3(d), using the following criteria and methodologies.
(a)
Delivery schedule:
The adjustment per week for delivery delays beyond the period specified in the Schedule of
Requirement is one percent (1%) of the quoted price per week. Delivery delays in excess of 10
weeks beyond the period specified in the Schedule of Requirement will not be acceptable and will
cause the Bid to be declared as non-responsive.
34
Section III. Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
(b)
Deviation in payment schedule:
The SCC stipulates the payment schedule specified by the Purchaser. If a bid deviates from
the schedule such deviation is not considered acceptable to the Purchaser. Bids deviating
from the given payment schedule will be considered non-responsive.
(c) Cost of mandatory spare parts, user training and maintenance service as specified to be
required in Section VI, Schedule of Requirements, will be considered during evaluation.
(d) Availability in the Purchaser’s Country of spare parts and after sales services for
equipment as specified to be required in Section VI, Schedule of Requirements must be
offered for three years beyond the stated warranty period in the bid.
An adjustment equal to the cost to the Purchaser of establishing the minimum service
facilities and parts inventories, as outlined in BDS Sub-Clause 36.3(d), if quoted separately,
shall be added to the bid price, for evaluation purposes only.
Bidders not offering/or committing to provide these services will be considered nonresponsive.
3. Multiple Contracts (ITB 36.6)
The Purchaser shall award multiple contracts to the Bidder that offers the lowest evaluated
combination of bids (one contract per bid) and meets the post-qualification criteria (this Section
III, Sub-Section ITB 38.2 Post-Qualification Requirements)
The Purchaser shall:
(a)
evaluate only slices or contracts that include at least the quantity per item as specified
in ITB Sub Clause 14.8
(b)
take into account:
(i)
the lowest-evaluated bid for each slice and
(ii)
the price reduction per slice and the methodology for its application as offered
by the Bidder in its bid”
4. Post qualification Requirements (ITB 38.2) (also refer to ITB 19.1(c))
After determining the lowest-evaluated bid in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 37.1, the
Purchaser shall carry out the post qualification of the Bidder in accordance with ITB Clause 38,
using only the requirements specified. Requirements not included in the text below shall not be
used in the evaluation of the Bidder’s qualifications.
(a)
Financial Capability
If the bidder is not the manufacturer, its average annual turnover over the past two years must be
at least equivalent to the quoted value of offered responsive goods intended for award in the first
year. The bidder shall demonstrate compliance with this requirement through submission of
certified copies of the annual audited statements for the past two years. In addition, the average
annual turnover of the proposed manufacturers over the past three years shall not be less than five
(5) times the value of offered responsive goods intended for award in the first year, except for the
slices or items of a slice mentioned below.
Section III. Evaluation Criteria
35
The bidder shall demonstrate compliance with this requirement through submission of certified
copies of the annual audited statement of the manufacturer of equipment for the past three years.
If the bidder is the manufacturer, its average annual turnover over the past three years shall not
be less than 5 times the value of offered responsive goods intended for award in the first year.
The bidder shall demonstrate compliance with this requirement through submission of certified
copies of the annual audited financial statements for the past three years.
Audited financial statement(s) of the manufacturer(s) for items under all slices are required.
The bidder and the manufacturer not meeting the above stated minimum financial capability will
be considered non-responsive.
(b) Experience and Technical Capacity
The Bidder shall furnish documentary evidence to demonstrate that it meets the following
experience requirement(s):
i) If the Bidder is not the manufacturer of the offered goods then the manufacturer should
have been producing similar equipment for at least 5 years at the time of bid submission and
similar type of equipment.
ii) The Bidder shall also commit in writing to make available required spares and maintenance
services for three years beyond the stated warranty period.
iii) The Bidder and/ or its local agent and/or the local office of the offered equipment's
manufacturer(s) shall have adequate maintenance and service centres in Nepal for items for
which this is specified as par Part VI, Schedule of Requirements, 2.List of requirements for
manufacturer’s authorization, warranty period, related services and completion schedule. If not
available, a plan to provide service and maintenance to the offered equipment shall be submitted.
(c) The Bidder shall furnish documentary evidence in the form of manufacturers’ catalogues
and other appropriate documentation to demonstrate that the Goods it offers meet the
requirements of the technical specifications.
Section IV. Bidding Forms
36
Section IV. Bidding Forms
Table of Forms
Bidder Information Form ................................................................................................................. 37
Joint Venture Partner Information Form ....................................................................................... 38
Bid Submission Form ........................................................................................................................ 39
Price Schedule: Goods Manufactured Outside the Purchaser’s Country, to be Imported ......... 42
Price Schedule: Goods Manufactured Outside the Purchaser’s Country, already imported ..... 44
Price Schedule: Goods Manufactured in the Purchaser’s Country .............................................. 47
Price and Completion Schedule - Related Services......................................................................... 49
Bid Security (Bank Guarantee) ........................................................................................................ 51
Bid Security (Bid Bond)..................................................................................................................... 52
Bid-Securing Declaration .................................................................................................................. 53
Manufacturer’s Authorization.......................................................................................................... 54
Section IV Bidding Forms
37
Bidder Information Form
[The Bidder shall fill in this Form in accordance with the instructions indicated below. No
alterations to its format shall be permitted and no substitutions shall be accepted.]
Date: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid Submission]
ICB No.: [insert number of bidding process]
Page ________ of_ ______ pages
1. Bidder’s Legal Name [insert Bidder’s legal name]
2. In case of JV, legal name of each party: [insert legal name of each party in JV]
3. Bidder’s actual or intended Country of Registration: [insert actual or intended Country of
Registration]
4. Bidder’s Year of Registration: [insert Bidder’s year of registration]
5. Bidder’s Legal Address in Country of Registration: [insert Bidder’s legal address in country of
registration]
6. Bidder’s Authorized Representative Information
Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]
Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]
Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax numbers]
Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]
7. Attached are copies of original documents of: [check the box(es) of the attached original
documents]



Articles of Incorporation or Registration of firm named in 1, above, in accordance with ITB SubClauses 4.1 and 4.2.
In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 4.1.
In case of government owned entity from the Purchaser’s country, documents establishing legal
and financial autonomy and compliance with commercial law, in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause
4.5.
38
Section IV Bidding Forms
Joint Venture Partner Information Form
[The Bidder shall fill in this Form in accordance with the instructions indicated below].
Date: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid Submission]
ICB No.: [insert number of bidding process]
Page ________ of_ ______ pages
1. Bidder’s Legal Name: [insert Bidder’s legal name]
2. JV’s Party legal name: [insert JV’s Party legal name]
3. JV’s Party Country of Registration: [insert JV’s Party country of registration]
4. JV’s Party Year of Registration: [insert JV’s Part year of registration]
5. JV’s Party Legal Address in Country of Registration: [insert JV’s Party legal address in
country of registration]
6. JV’s Party Authorized Representative Information
Name: [insert name of JV’s Party authorized representative]
Address: [insert address of JV’s Party authorized representative]
Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert telephone/fax numbers of JV’s Party authorized representative]
Email Address: [insert email address of JV’s Party authorized representative]
7. Attached are copies of original documents of: [check the box(es) of the attached original
documents]


Articles of Incorporation or Registration of firm named in 2, above, in accordance with ITB SubClauses 4.1 and 4.2.
In case of government owned entity from the Purchaser’s country, documents establishing legal
and financial autonomy and compliance with commercial law, in accordance with ITB SubClause 4.5.
Section IV Bidding Forms
39
Bid Submission Form
[The Bidder shall fill in this Form in accordance with the instructions indicated No alterations to
its format shall be permitted and no substitutions shall be accepted.]
Date: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid Submission]
ICB No.: [insert number of bidding process]
Invitation for Bid No.: [insert No of IFB]
Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
To: [insert complete name of Purchaser]
We, the undersigned, declare that:
(a)
We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Documents, including Addenda
No.: ______________[insert the number and issuing date of each Addenda];
(b)
We offer to supply in conformity with the Bidding Documents and in accordance with the
Delivery Schedules specified in the Schedule of Requirements the following Goods and
Related Services _______________________ [insert a brief description of the Goods and
Related Services];
(c)
The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below, is:
______________________________[insert the total bid price in words and figures,
indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];
(d) The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:
Discounts. If our bid is accepted, the following discounts shall apply._______ [Specify in
detail each discount offered and the specific item of the Schedule of Requirements to which
it applies.]
Methodology of Application of the Discounts. The discounts shall be applied using the
following method:__________ [Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the
discounts];
(e)
Our bid shall be valid for the period of time specified in ITB Sub-Clause 20.1, from the date
fixed for the bid submission deadline in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 24.1, and it shall
remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that
period;
(f)
If our bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a performance security in accordance with ITB
Clause 44 and GCC Clause 18 for the due performance of the Contract;
(g)
We, including any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the contract, have nationality
from eligible countries________ [insert the nationality of the Bidder, including that of all
parties that comprise the Bidder, if the Bidder is a JV, and the nationality each
subcontractor and supplier]
(h)
We have no conflict of interest in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 4.2;
(i)
Our firm, its affiliates or subsidiaries—including any subcontractors or suppliers for any
part of the contract—has not been declared ineligible by the Bank, under the Purchaser’s
country laws or official regulations, in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 4.3;
40
(j)
Section IV Bidding Forms
The following commissions, gratuities, or fees have been paid or are to be paid with respect
to the bidding process or execution of the Contract: [insert complete name of each
Recipient, its full address, the reason for which each commission or gratuity was paid and
the amount and currency of each such commission or gratuity]
Name of Recipient
Address
Reason
Amount
(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)
(k)
We understand that this bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your
notification of award, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal contract
is prepared and executed.
(l)
We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated bid or any other bid
that you may receive.
Signed:_______________ [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown]
In the capacity of _______[insert legal capacity of person signing the Bid Submission Form]
Name:____________ [insert complete name of person signing the Bid Submission Form]
Duly authorized to sign the bid for and on behalf of:_____ [insert complete name of Bidder]
Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______ [insert date of signing]
Section IV Bidding Forms
Price Schedule Forms
[The Bidder shall fill in these Price Schedule Forms in accordance with the instructions
indicated. The list of line items in column 1 of the Price Schedules shall coincide with the List of
Goods and Related Services specified by the Purchaser in the Schedule of Requirements.]
41
Section IV Bidding Forms
42
Price Schedule: Goods Manufactured Outside the Purchaser’s Country, to be Imported
(Group C bids, goods to be imported)
Currencies in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 15
Date:_________________________
ICB No: _____________________
Alternative No: ________________
Page N ______ of ______
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Slice No
Description of Goods
Country of
Origin
Delivery Date as
defined by Incoterms
Quantity and
physical unit
Unit price*) DDU
Birgunj, Nepal or
Tribhuvan I'national
Airport, Nepal (To be
Specified by the bidder)in
accordance with ITB
14.6(b)(i)
DDU Birgunj, Nepal
or Tribhuvan
I'national Airport,
Nepal Price per line
item
(Col. 5x6)
Price per line item for
inland transportation and
other services required in
Nepal to convey the Goods
to their final destinations
as specified in Bidding
Documents, Section VI in
NPR.
Total Price per Line item
DDU final destinations as
specified in Bidding Documents,
Section VI
(Col. 7+8)
31.1
Anaesthesia Machine
10 Units
31.2
Autoclave Electric
100 Units
31.3
150 Units
31.4
Steriliser Steam Pressure
Electric Type 25L
Intended Deletion
31.5
Pulse Oxymeter
70 Units
31.6
CT Scan 16 Slice
4 Units
31.7
Intended deletion
31.8
Dental Chair
10 Units
31.9
ICU Ventilator for Children
& Adult Pneumatic
Operation Table
20 Units
31.10
31.11.1 USG Portable Colour
Doppler 3 probes
31.11.2 High end Colour Doppler
Ultrasound Machine with
Convex, Linear and
Endocavity Multi
Frequency Probes
10 Units
10 Units
1 Unit
Section IV Bidding Forms
43
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Slice No
Description of Goods
Country of
Origin
Delivery Date as
defined by Incoterms
Quantity and
physical unit
Unit price*) DDU
Birgunj, Nepal or
Tribhuvan I'national
Airport, Nepal (To be
Specified by the bidder)in
accordance with ITB
14.6(b)(i)
DDU Birgunj, Nepal
or Tribhuvan
I'national Airport,
Nepal Price per line
item
(Col. 5x6)
Price per line item for
inland transportation and
other services required in
Nepal to convey the Goods
to their final destinations
as specified in Bidding
Documents, Section VI in
NPR.
Total Price per Line item
DDU final destinations as
specified in Bidding Documents,
Section VI
(Col. 7+8)
31.11.3 Middle range Colour
Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with convex,
Linear and Endocavity
Multi-frequency Probes
31.12 Video Arthroscopy System
31.13
1 Unit
2 Units
10 Units
31.14
Flexible Naso
Pharyngoscope with
halogen light
X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
31.15
X-Ray Machine 300mA
45 Units
31.16
X-Ray Machine 500 mA,
Fixed DR with film printer
Blood Culture System
2 Units
Diathermy Electrosurgical
300W
Video Gastro, Duodeno,
Colono with Camera
System
Flat Panel Digital
Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure
Injector including
Accessories
Flat Panel Digital
Fluoroscopy
Motorised High Frequency
Portable Digital X-Ray
14 Units
31.17
31.18
31.19
31.20
31.21
31.22
8 Units
2 Units
2 Units
1 Unit
1 Unit
1 Unit
Total Price
Name of Bidder …………………………………………………………………Signature of Bidder ………………………………. Date ……………………..
*) The unit price must include the cost of on-site installation/commissioning and user training for items for which this is specified as par Part VI, Schedule of
Requirements, 2.List of requirements for manufacturer’s authorization, warranty period, related services and completion schedule
44
Section IV Bidding Forms
Price Schedule: Goods Manufactured Outside the Purchaser’s Country, already imported
Date:_________________________
ICB No: _____________________
Alternative No: ________________
Page N ______ of ______
(Group C bids, Goods already imported)
Currencies in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Slice
No
Description of Goods
Countr
y of
Origin
Delivery Date
as defined by
Incoterms
Quantity and
physical unit
Unit price*)
DDU including
Custom Duties
and Import
Taxes paid, in
accordance
with ITB
14.6(c)(i)
Custom Duties
and Import Taxes
paid per unit in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(ii) ,
[to be supported
by documents]
Unit Price*) net
of custom
duties and
import taxes, in
accordance
with ITB 14.6
(c) (iii)
(Col. 6 minus
Col.7)
Price per line
item net of
Custom Duties
and Import
Taxes paid, in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(i)
(Col. 5´8)
Price per line item
for inland
transportation and
other services
required in Nepal to
convey the goods to
their final
destinations as
specified in
Bidding
Documents, Section
VI
ITB 14.6 (c)(v)
Sales and other
taxes paid or
payable per item
if Contract is
awarded (in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(iv)
Total Price per line
item
DDU final
destinations as
specified in Bidding
Documents, Section
VI
(Col. 9+10)
31.1
Anaesthesia Machine
10 Units
31.2
31.3
100 Units
150 Units
31.4
31.5
Autoclave Electric
Steriliser Steam
Pressure Electric Type
25L
Intended Deletion
Pulse Oxymeter
31.6
CT Scan 16 Slice
31.7
Intended deletion
31.8
Dental Chair
10 Units
31.9
ICU Ventilator for
Children & Adult
Pneumatic
Operation Table
20 Units
31.10
31.11. USG Portable Colour
1
Doppler 3 probes
70 Units
4 Units
10 Units
10 Units
Section IV Bidding Forms
45
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Slice
No
Description of Goods
Countr
y of
Origin
Delivery Date
as defined by
Incoterms
Quantity and
physical unit
Unit price*)
DDU including
Custom Duties
and Import
Taxes paid, in
accordance
with ITB
14.6(c)(i)
Custom Duties
and Import Taxes
paid per unit in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(ii) ,
[to be supported
by documents]
Unit Price*) net
of custom
duties and
import taxes, in
accordance
with ITB 14.6
(c) (iii)
(Col. 6 minus
Col.7)
Price per line
item net of
Custom Duties
and Import
Taxes paid, in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(i)
(Col. 5´8)
Price per line item
for inland
transportation and
other services
required in Nepal to
convey the goods to
their final
destinations as
specified in
Bidding
Documents, Section
VI
ITB 14.6 (c)(v)
Sales and other
taxes paid or
payable per item
if Contract is
awarded (in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(iv)
Total Price per line
item
DDU final
destinations as
specified in Bidding
Documents, Section
VI
(Col. 9+10)
31.11. High end Colour
2
Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with Convex,
Linear and Endocavity
Multi Frequency Probes
31.11. Middle range Colour
3
Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with convex,
Linear and Endocavity
Multi-frequency Probes
31.12 Video Arthroscopy
System
31.13 Flexible Naso
Pharyngoscope with
halogen light
31.14 X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
1 Unit
1 Unit
2 Units
10 Units
8 Units
31.15
X-Ray Machine 300mA
45 Units
31.16
X-Ray Machine 500
mA, Fixed DR with film
printer
Blood Culture System
2 Units
Diathermy
Electrosurgical 300W
Video Gastro, Duodeno,
Colono with Camera
System
14 Units
31.17
31.18
31.19
2 Units
2 Units
46
Section IV Bidding Forms
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Slice
No
Description of Goods
Countr
y of
Origin
Delivery Date
as defined by
Incoterms
Quantity and
physical unit
Unit price*)
DDU including
Custom Duties
and Import
Taxes paid, in
accordance
with ITB
14.6(c)(i)
Custom Duties
and Import Taxes
paid per unit in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(ii) ,
[to be supported
by documents]
Unit Price*) net
of custom
duties and
import taxes, in
accordance
with ITB 14.6
(c) (iii)
(Col. 6 minus
Col.7)
Price per line
item net of
Custom Duties
and Import
Taxes paid, in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(i)
(Col. 5´8)
Price per line item
for inland
transportation and
other services
required in Nepal to
convey the goods to
their final
destinations as
specified in
Bidding
Documents, Section
VI
ITB 14.6 (c)(v)
Sales and other
taxes paid or
payable per item
if Contract is
awarded (in
accordance with
ITB 14.6(c)(iv)
Total Price per line
item
DDU final
destinations as
specified in Bidding
Documents, Section
VI
(Col. 9+10)
31.20
Flat Panel Digital
Subtraction
Angiography System
with Pressure Injector
including Accessories
Flat Panel Digital
Fluoroscopy
Motorised High
Frequency Portable
Digital X-Ray
31.21
31.22
1 Unit
1 Unit
1 Unit
Total Bid Price
Name of Bidder …………………………………………………………………………… Signature of Bidder ………………………………. Date ……………………..
*) The unit price must include the cost of on-site installation/commissioning and user training for items for which this is specified as par Part VI, Schedule of
Requirements, 2.List of requirements for manufacturer’s authorization, warranty period, related services and completion schedule
Section IV Bidding Forms
47
Price Schedule: Goods Manufactured in the Purchaser’s Country
Purchaser’s Country
(Group A and B bids)
______________________
Currencies in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 15
Date:_________________________
ICB No: _____________________
Alternative No: ________________
Page N ______ of ______
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Slice no.
Description of Goods
Delivery
Date
Quantity and
physical unit
Unit price*)
EXW
Total EXW
price per line
item
(Col. 4´5)
Price per line item for
inland transportation and
other services required in
Nepal to convey the Goods
to their final destinations
as specified in Bidding
Documents, Section VI
Cost of local labor,
raw materials and
components from
with origin in Nepal
% of Col. 5
Sales and other taxes payable
per line item if Contract is
awarded (in accordance with
ITB 14.6(a)(ii)
Total Price per
line item (Col.
6+7)
31.1
31.2
31.3
31.4
31.5
31.6
31.7
31.8
31.9
31.10
31.11.1
31.11.2
31.11.3
31.12
31.13
Anaesthesia Machine
Autoclave Electric
Steriliser Steam Pressure Electric
Type 25L
Intended Deletion
Pulse Oxymeter
CT Scan 16 Slice
Intended deletion
Dental Chair
ICU Ventilator for Children &
Adult Pneumatic
Operation Table
USG Portable Colour Doppler 3
probes
High end Colour Doppler
Ultrasound Machine with Convex,
Linear and Endocavity Multi
Frequency Probes
Middle range Colour Doppler
Ultrasound Machine with convex,
Linear and Endocavity Multifrequency Probes
Video Arthroscopy System
Flexible Naso Pharyngoscope with
halogen light
10 Units
100 Units
150 Units
70 Units
4 Units
10 Units
20 Units
10 Units
10 Units
1 Unit
1 Unit
2 Units
10 Units
48
Section IV Bidding Forms
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Slice no.
Description of Goods
Delivery
Date
Quantity and
physical unit
Unit price*)
EXW
Total EXW
price per line
item
(Col. 4´5)
Price per line item for
inland transportation and
other services required in
Nepal to convey the Goods
to their final destinations
as specified in Bidding
Documents, Section VI
Cost of local labor,
raw materials and
components from
with origin in Nepal
% of Col. 5
Sales and other taxes payable
per line item if Contract is
awarded (in accordance with
ITB 14.6(a)(ii)
Total Price per
line item (Col.
6+7)
31.14
31.15
31.16
X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
X-Ray Machine 300mA
X-Ray Machine 500 mA, Fixed DR
with film printer
Blood Culture System
Diathermy Electrosurgical 300W
Video Gastro, Duodeno, Colono
with Camera System
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction
Angiography System with Pressure
Injector including Accessories
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
Motorised High Frequency Portable
Digital X-Ray
31.17
31.18
31.19
31.20
31.21
31.22
8 Units
45 Units
2 Units
2 Units
14 Units
2 Units
1 Unit
1 Unit
1 Unit
Total Price
Name of Bidder …………………………………………………………Signature of Bidder ………………………………… Date ……………………..
*) The unit price must include the cost of on-site installation/commissioning and user training for items for which this is specified as par Part VI, Schedule of
Requirements, 2.List of requirements for manufacturer’s authorization, warranty period, related services and completion schedule
Section IV Bidding Forms
49
Price and Completion Schedule - Related Services
Currencies in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 15
1
2
3
4
5
Slice and
item
number
Description of Services:
Preventive and corrective maintenance during
warranty
Country of
Origin
Delivery Date at place
of Final destination
Quantity of equipment units to be maintained
31.1
Anaesthesia Machine
N/A
N/A
10 Units
31.2
Autoclave Electric
N/A
N/A
100 Units
31.3
Steriliser Steam Pressure Electric Type 25L
N/A
N/A
150 Units
31.4
Intended deletion
31.5
Pulse Oxymeter
N/A
N/A
70 Units
31.6
CT Scan 16 Slice
N/A
N/A
4 Units
31.7
Intended deletion
31.8
Dental Chair
N/A
N/A
10 Units
31.9
ICU Ventilator for Children & Adult Pneumatic
N/A
N/A
20 Units
31.10
Operation Table
N/A
N/A
10 Units
31.11.1
USG Portable Colour Doppler 3 probes
N/A
N/A
10 Units
31.11.2
N/A
N/A
1 Unit
N/A
N/A
1 Unit
31.12
High end Colour Doppler Ultrasound Machine
with Convex, Linear and Endocavity Multi
Frequency Probes
Middle range Colour Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with convex, Linear and Endocavity
Multi-frequency Probes
Video Arthroscopy System
N/A
N/A
2 Units
31.13
Flexible Naso Pharyngoscope with halogen light
N/A
N/A
10 Units
31.11.3
Date:_________________________
ICB No: _____________________
Alternative No: ________________
Page N ______ of ______
6
7
Unit price for period
of warranty
Total Price per Service
(Col. 5*6 or estimate)
50
Section IV Bidding Forms
31.14
X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
N/A
N/A
8 Units
31.15
X-Ray Machine 300mA
N/A
N/A
45 Units
31.16
N/A
N/A
2 Units
31.17
X-Ray Machine 500 mA, Fixed DR with film
printer
Blood Culture System
N/A
N/A
2 Units
31.18
Diathermy Electrosurgical 300W
N/A
N/A
14 Units
31.19
Video Gastro, Duodeno, Colono with Camera
System
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
N/A
N/A
2 Units
N/A
N/A
1 Unit
N/A
N/A
1 Unit
Motorised High Frequency Portable Digital XRay
N/A
N/A
1 Unit
31.20
31.21
31.22
Total Bid Price
Name of Bidder [insert complete name of Bidder] Signature of Bidder [signature of person signing the Bid] Date [insert date]
Section IV Bidding Forms
51
Bid Security (Bank Guarantee)
[The Bank shall fill in this Bank Guarantee Form in accordance with the instructions indicated.]
________________________________
[Bank’s Name, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office]
Beneficiary:
___________________ [Name and Address of Purchaser]
Date: ________________
BID GUARANTEE No.:
_________________
We have been informed that [name of the Bidder] (hereinafter called "the Bidder") has submitted
to you its bid dated (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of [name of contract] under
Invitation for Bids No. [IFB number] (“the IFB”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, bids must be supported by a bid
guarantee.
At the request of the Bidder, we [name of Bank] hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum
or sums not exceeding in total an amount of [amount in figures] ([amount in words]) upon receipt
by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Bidder
is in breach of its obligation(s) under the bid conditions, because the Bidder:
(a)
has withdrawn its Bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder in the Form
of Bid; or
(b)
having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Purchaser during the period of bid
validity, (i) fails or refuses to execute the Contract Form; or (ii) fails or refuses to furnish
the performance security, if required, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders.
This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Bidder is the successful bidder, upon our receipt of copies of
the contract signed by the Bidder and the performance security issued to you upon the instruction
of the Bidder; or (b) if the Bidder is not the successful bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of
a copy of your notification to the Bidder of the name of the successful bidder; or (ii) twenty-eight
days after the expiration of the Bidder’s Bid.
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office
on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No.
URDG 758.
_____________________________
[signature(s)]
52
Section IV Bidding Forms
Bid Security (Bid Bond)
(Not Applicable)
Section IV Bidding Forms
Bid-Securing Declaration
(Not Applicable)
54
Section IV Bidding Forms
Manufacturer’s Authorization
[The Bidder shall require the Manufacturer to fill in this Form in accordance with the
instructions indicated. This letter of authorization should be on the letterhead of the Manufacturer
and should be signed by a person with the proper authority to sign documents that are binding on
the Manufacturer. The Bidder shall include it in its bid, if so indicated in the BDS.]
Date: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid Submission]
ICB No.: [insert number of bidding process]
Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
To: [insert complete name of Purchaser]
WHEREAS
We [insert complete name of Manufacturer], who are official manufacturers of [insert type of
goods manufactured], having factories at [insert full address of Manufacturer’s factories], do
hereby authorize [insert complete name of Bidder] to submit a bid the purpose of which is to
provide the following Goods, manufactured by us [insert name and or brief description of the
Goods], and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.
We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 28 of the General
Conditions of Contract, with respect to the Goods offered by the above firm.
Signed: [insert signature(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]
Name: [insert complete name(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]
Title: [insert title]
Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______ [insert date of signing]
Section V. Eligible Countries
Section V. Eligible Countries
Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Services in Bank-Financed Procurement
1.
In accordance with Para 1.8 of the Guidelines: Procurement under IBRD Loans and IDA
Credits, dated May 2004, and Revised October 2006, the Bank permits firms and
individuals from all countries to offer goods, works and services for Bank-financed
projects. As an exception, firms of a Country or goods manufactured in a Country may be
excluded if:
Para 1.8 (a) (i): as a matter of law or official regulation, the Borrower’s Country prohibits
commercial relations with that Country, provided that the Bank is satisfied that
such exclusion does not preclude effective competition for the supply of the
Goods or Works required, or
Para 1.8 (a) (ii): by an Act of Compliance with a Decision of the United Nations Security
Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations, the
Borrower’s Country prohibits any import of goods from that Country or any
payments to persons or entities in that Country.
2.
For the information of bidders, at the present time firms, goods and services from the
following countries are excluded from this bidding:
(a)
With reference to paragraph 1.8 (a) (i) of the Guidelines:
Andorra, Cuba, Democratic Peoples Republic of Korea (North Korea),
Liechtenstein, Monaco, Nauru, San Marino, and Tuvalu.
(b)
With reference to paragraph 1.8 (a) (ii) of the Guidelines:
None
55
56
PART 2 – Supply Requirements
PART 2 – Supply Requirements
57
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
Contents
1. List of Goods and Delivery Schedule ........................................................................................... 58
2. List of requirements for manufacturer’s authorization, warranty
period, related
services and completion schedule ............................................................................................... 60
3. Technical Specifications .............................................................................................................. 62
4. Drawings ..................................................................................................................................... 188
5. Inspections and Tests ................................................................................................................. 189
58
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
1. List of Goods and Delivery Schedule
The Bidders are required to bid for total number of units/sets as per annual requirement according to the delivery schedule.
Slice
no.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11.1
11.2
st
Description of Goods
1 Year
Quantity
nd
2 Year
Quantity
Total
Quantity
Physical
unit
Final (Project Site) Destination
(as specified in BDS)
DDU Delivery Date as per Incoterms
2000
Required
Bidder’s offered
Delivery
Delivery date [to be
Dates
provided by the bidder]
ICB 31 Hospital Equipment (including Anaesthesia Machine, CT scan, X-Ray, USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso Pharyngoscope etc.)
Central, Regional and Zonal
First Year
Anaesthesia Machine
10
0
unit
10
Hospitals
supplies
within 180
Autoclave Electric
50
50
unit
District Hospitals and PHCs
100
days of
Steriliser Steam Pressure Electric
District, Regional and Zonal
75
75
unit
150
signing of
Type 25L
Hospitals
supply
contract and
Intended deletion
Second Year
supplies by
30 June
District, Regional and Zonal
Pulse Oxymeter
40
30
unit
70
2014
Hospitals
CT Scan 16 Slice
2
2
unit
Regional and Zonal Hospitals
4
Intended Deletion
District, Regional and Zonal
Dental Chair
5
5
unit
10
Hospitals
ICU Ventilator for Children &
Central, Regional and Zonal
10
10
unit
20
Adult Pneumatic
Hospitals
District, Regional and Zonal
Operation Table
5
5
unit
10
Hospitals
USG Portable Colour Doppler 3
5
5
unit
Regional and Zonal Hospitals
10
probes
High end Colour Doppler
Institute of Medicine,
1
0
unit
1
Ultrasound Machine with Convex,
Kathmandu
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
Slice
no.
11.3
12
Description of Goods
Linear and Endocavity Multi
Frequency Probes
Middle range Colour Doppler
Ultrasound Machine with convex,
Linear and Endocavity Multifrequency Probes
Video Arthroscopy System
14
Flexible Naso Pharyngoscope with
halogen light
X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
15
X-Ray Machine 300mA
13
17
X-Ray Machine 500 mA, Fixed DR
with film printer
Blood Culture System
18
Diathermy Electrosurgical 300W
16
19
20
Video Gastro, Duodeno, Colono
with Camera System
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction
Angiography System with Pressure
Injector including Accessories
59
1st Year
Quantity
2nd Year
Quantity
Total
Quantity
Physical
unit
Final (Project Site) Destination
(as specified in BDS)
1
0
1
unit
Institute of Medicine,
Kathmandu
1
1
2
unit
5
5
10
unit
6
2
8
unit
20
25
45
unit
1
1
2
unit
Regional and Zonal Hospitals
1
1
2
unit
7
7
14
unit
Central and Regional Hospitals
District, Regional and Zonal
Hospitals
1
1
2
unit
Central and Regional Hospitals
1
0
1
unit
Institute of Medicine,
Kathmandu
21
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
1
0
1
unit
22
Motorised High Frequency Portable
Digital X-Ray
1
0
1
unit
Central, Regional and Zonal
Hospitals
Central, Regional and Zonal
Hospitals
Regional and Zonal Hospitals
Regional, Zonal and District
Hospitals
Institute of Medicine,
Kathmandu
Institute of Medicine,
Kathmandu
DDU Delivery Date as per Incoterms
2000
Required
Bidder’s offered
Delivery
Delivery date [to be
Dates
provided by the bidder]
60
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
2.
List of requirements for manufacturer’s authorization, warranty
period, related services and completion schedule
Manufacturer
’s
Authorisation
required?
Warranty
period
(standard: 1
year from
acceptance)
Availability of
after sales
service and
minimum
utilisation period
(standard: 5
years)
Description of Service
Location
User
Preventive and
where
training
corrective
Slice
Brief description
services
have
(use and
maintenance
No
to be
maintenanc services during
performed
e)
warranty
period
ICB 31 Hospital Equipment (including Anaesthesia Machine, CT scan, X-Ray, USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso Pharyngoscope etc.)
On-site
installation
Required?
1
Anaesthesia Machine
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
2
Autoclave Electric
Yes
1 year
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
3
Yes
1 year
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
4
Steriliser Steam Pressure
Electric
Intended deletion
5
Pulse Oxymeter
No
1 year
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
On site
6
CT Scan 16 Slice
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
7
Intended Deletion
8
Dental Chair
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
9
ICU Ventilator for Children
& Adult Pneumatic
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
10
Operation Table
Yes
1 year
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
11.1
USG Portable Colour
Doppler 3 probes
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
11.2
High end Colour Doppler
Ultrasound
Middle range Colour
Doppler Ultrasound
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
11.3
Final
completion
date of
Services
End of the
Warranty
period
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
61
Manufacturer
’s
Authorisation
required?
Warranty
period
(standard: 1
year from
acceptance)
Availability of
after sales
service and
minimum
utilisation period
(standard: 5
years)
Description of Service
Location
User
Preventive and
where
training
corrective
Slice
Brief description
services
have
(use and
maintenance
No
to
be
maintenanc services during
performed
e)
warranty
period
ICB 31 Hospital Equipment (including Anaesthesia Machine, CT scan, X-Ray, USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso Pharyngoscope etc.)
On-site
installation
Required?
12
Video Arthroscopy System
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
13
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
14
Flexible Naso
Pharyngoscope with
halogen light
X-Ray C-Arm Mobile
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
15
X-Ray Machine 300mA
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
16
X-Ray Machine 500 mA,
Fixed DR with film printer
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
17
Blood Culture System
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
18
Diathermy Electrosurgical
300W
Video Gastro, Duodeno,
Colono with Camera
System
Flat Panel Digital
Subtraction Angiography
System
Flat Panel Digital
Fluoroscopy
Motorised High Frequency
Portable Digital X-Ray
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
Yes
2 years
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
On site
19
20
21
22
Final
completion
date of
Services
62
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
3.
Technical Specifications
FOR
Hospital and Laboratory Equipment (including Anaesthesia Machine,
CT Scan, X-Ray, USG, Video Arthroscopy System, Naso Pharyngoscope
etc.)
The specification and equipment order list contains 2 sections A, B. These sections are an integral
part of the specification and equipment order list and complement each other. The two sections
are namely:
A. General points and notes
B. Slice wise specifications under different Slices (altogether 22 slices)
The right hand blank side must be completed by the bidder with the technical specifications
of the equipment offered with supplementary documents enclosed.
A. GENERAL POINTS AND NOTES
1. Dimensions
Dimensions have been included in the specifications and are intended for GUIDANCE ONLY to
match the type of size required. Where there are particular parameters to observe, minimum and
maximum sizes have been quoted.
2. Mains Electrically Powered Items
All mains electrically powered items should be suitable for operation on the electrical system
within Nepal 220/230 volts.
110-volt units, which work through transformers, are NOT acceptable.
3. Instruction/Operating Manuals
Each set of equipment must be supplied with detailed operating and maintenance manuals and
technical information in the English language.
4. Sensitive Nature
All the equipment and instruments are of a sensitive nature so they will only be procured from
recognized, medical equipment/instrument manufacturers who have an established history or the
manufacturers of whose products meet international quality standards.
5. Quality Assurance and Product Conformity
Manufacturers of all medical devices (equipment and instruments) must have a quality assurance
system certified under the following standards:
- ISO 13485:2003 or later, as well as ISO 14971:2007 - risk management system for medical
devices (for manufacturing of medical equipment and instruments)
- ISO 9001:2008 (for manufacturing of all other goods).
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
As may be further specified in the following Technical Specifications per item, medical
equipment and instruments proposed and supplied must conform to specific product certification,
namely CE mark (certifying compliance with the Medical Devices Directive (MDD)93/42/EEC,
with subsequent amendments) or equivalent.
A Certificate of Conformity to the Test Parameters and date of manufacturing shall be available to
the Purchaser for all the instruments and equipment.
6. Product Information
All the information provided in the bid should be substantiated by attached product data
sheets/technical catalogues and relevant Standards such as International Standards Organisation
(ISO), European Norms (EN), Indian Standard Institute (IS), Nepal Standard (NS), British
Standards Institute (BS), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), .
7. Standard Accessories
All equipment should be supplied with their standard accessories as normally provided by the
manufacturers in addition to those accessories that are specifically mentioned in the
specifications. The cost of these accessories must be included in the bid price.
8. Availability of Spare Parts and Consumables
The bidder shall supply equipment with a start-up supply of consumables allowing for testing and
commissioning and approximately six months of normal operation.
9. Technical Trial
Technical trials may be conducted for all the instruments and equipment prior to purchase and the
supplier is fully responsible to provide all facilities needed to conduct the Technical trial on the
same model of equipment quoted.
10. Installation and commissioning
All equipment which is so specified in the bidding documents must be installed and
commissioned by the Supplier at the final destination(s), including, any base plates or connecting
devices to the floor/foundation, utility connection to the equipment within the location,
calibration and commissioning. The Supplier will also provide and install the latest version of
complete programme software required for the installation, commissioning and its functioning for
the diagnostic use of the equipment. The Supplier will also provide licensed copies of all such
software for future reference and use of the Purchaser. Such software is to be Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM). The Supplier will also be required to make available the updated version(s)
of such OEM program software for use in the same equipment.
The Health Facility at final destination shall be responsible to ensure that a suitable location
(room) is made available, including required connections up to the location for electricity, water,
air, oxygen, nitrous oxide, drainage, etc. as applicable for the particular equipment.
All other equipment shall be delivered by the supplier in fully assembled operational condition.
The specifications per item also specify whether or not installation and commissioning is
required.
12. User training
The Supplier shall conduct user training for equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all operational functions of the equipment, as well
as routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
63
64
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
For fixed equipment, the training shall be conducted at the site of the equipment, following
installation and commissioning. For other equipment the training will be conducted at a central
location (Kathmandu or capital of one or more of the regions) in consultation with the Purchaser.
The specifications per item also specify whether or not user training is required.
13. Maintenance service during warranty period
For items as specified in the following individual Technical Specifications and 2 List of Related
Services and Completion Schedule, preventive and corrective maintenance must be provided by
the supplier during the period of warranty and included in his bid. The cost of spare parts will be
separately payable by the user, except cases covered under warranty.
13. Right to Reject
All the information provided should be accurate and sufficient to convince fully the Purchaser that
all the offered goods fully meet the technical specifications and output quality. If such complete
information is not provided and which leads to doubts about the technical compliance of the
item(s), the Purchaser retains the right to reject the corresponding item.
65
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
B: SLICE WISE SPECIFICATION:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(1) Anaesthesia Machine
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31-1
Anaesthesia Machine
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
It shall be an anaesthesia unit with pneumatically or
electrically powered and electrically controlled
ventilator.
Operational Requirements
It shall be suitable to be used for adult and
paediatric patients.
1
1.1
2
2.2
3
3.1
4
4.1
System Configurations
It shall come with the main unit and two vaporizers,
one for isoflurane and the other for halothane.
Technical Specifications
Equipment safety standard should follow IEC
60601, document evidence shall be submitted for
evaluation
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
66
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.2
For this purpose Bidder should compulsorily submit
valid (not expired) ISO / CE or Internationally
acceptable equivalent Certificate, which will be
reviewed by technical experts during tender
evaluation. If such certificates are not submitted
along with sealed bids, technical experts may
disqualify their offer.
4.3
On sturdy steel with anticorrosive powder coating
trolley running on four antistatic wheels with brakes
and drawers
4.4
Revolving support for possible inclusion of CO2
absorber.
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
Gas inlet: 3 inlets, O2, N2O and Air
Gas cylinder yokes: O2 & N2O
Should come with accessories for connecting gas
supply both from central supply as well as from
cylinders.
Flow meter:
It shall come with 6 flow meter columns; 2 flow
meter columns for each kind of gas; which 1 column
with normal increments and 1 column with small
adjustments.
The oxygen flow meter shall have adjustment
ranges: 1 column approximately from 0 to 1 L/min
and the other column approximately from 1 to 10
L/min
The Nitrous oxide flow meter shall have adjustment
ranges: 1 column approximately from 0 to 1 L/min
and the other column approximately from 1 to 10
L/min
The air flow meter shall have adjustment ranges: 1
column approximately from 0 to 1 L/min and the
other column approximately from 1 to 10 L/min
O2, N2O and air pressure gauges
Battery backup for not less than 90 minutes of
operation
Autoclaveable CO2 absorbent canister with
minimum 2.5kg soda lime.
All circuits shall be detachable, washable and
Autoclaveable at most with steam of 134 degree C
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.17
Vaporizer
Type of vaporiser : shall be concentration calibrated
type, such as variable bypass or heated blender or
equivalent
4.18
4.19
4.20
It shall accommodate two vaporizers.
Come with 2 sets of concentration calibrated type
vaporizers and two sets of compatible fillers for one
for isoflurane and the other for halothane.
4.21
Stainless steel supporting arm with two articulations
and rail clamp
4.22
Vaporizer is to be maintenance free with easy refilling
4.23
4.24
4.25
4.26
4.27
4.28
4.29
4.30
Gas flow control or Oxygen ratio control
The N2O and O2 flow control shall be interlocked
that the proportion of O2 to N2O will never fall
below a minimum value, i.e. O2 concentration shall
never be less than 25%, to produce a hypoxic
breathing mixture.
It shall automatically cut off the supply of N2O and
other gases and activate an alarm if O2 pressure
drops below 28 - 30PSI, It shall sounds at maximum
volume every 10 seconds
Ventilator
Microprocessor based electrically powered and
electrically controlled ventilator
Operating modes: Manual, spontaneous, VCV
Tidal Volume: approximately 50 - 1200 ml
Breathing frequency: approximately 5 - 60
breath/min
4.32
Inspiratory flow: approximately 5 - 70 L/min
Pressure limitation : approximately 10 - < 70 cm
H2O
4.33
PEEP (positive end-expiratory pressure):
approximately 0 - 20 cm H2O
4.31
4.34
4.35
a
b
c
Monitoring
Alarms shall be available for all vital parameters and
system error or failure of at least the following
Concentration of O2
Expiratory volume and flow
High and low airways pressure
67
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
68
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
d
e
f
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
6
6.1
7
Purchaser’ Specifications
Pressure high, low or leakage
Low gas supply pressure
Power failure, low battery, patient disconnection
and others
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required
for the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of
any items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Form.
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified
in this Technical Specifications Form.
Silicone breathing circuit for adult and child, 2
complete sets each.
Connecting hose with regulator/ flow meter or probe
for connection to PIN index oxygen cylinder and
BOC type oxygen wall outlet, at least 5 meter
length, 1 set
Connecting hose with regulator/ flow meter or probe
for connection to N2O cylinder or N2O wall outlet,
at least 5 meter length, 1 set
Connecting hose with regulator/ flow meter or probe
for connection to air cylinder or wall outlet, at least
5 meter length, 1 set
Silicone test lung adult and child size, 1 set each
silicone rubber anaesthesia face mask adult and
paediatric size, 1 pc each
O2 sensor, 1 set
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
7.1
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
8
8.1
9
9.1
10
10.1
11
11.1
12
12.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in
the English language
69
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
70
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(2) Autoclave Electric
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31-2
Autoclave Electric
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
Pressure cooker type portable steriliser unit for
sterilising of surgical instruments and dressing
materials by means of steam.
1
1.1
2
2.1
Operational Requirements
It shall be mains electrically powered.
3
3.1
3.2
System Configurations
Pressure cooker type portable steriliser unit, 1 unit
Dressing drums made of seamless stainless steel
construction, size of 275mm H x 240 mm diameter,
suitable to fit into the autoclave, 3 units
3.3
Dressing drums made of seamless stainless steel
construction, size of 225mm H x 225mm diameter,
suitable to fit into the autoclave, 3 units
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.4
Floor stand, 1 unit
3.5
Graduated water measuring jug, to enable filling of
steriliser with correct quantity of water, 1 unit
4
4.1
Technical Specifications
The pressure cooker type portable steriliser unit shall
be operated by mains electrically. Suitable for
sterilising of surgical instruments and dressing
materials by means of steam under pressure of not
less than 1.1 to 1.2 Kg/cm2 (15 to 18 PSI).
4.2
Constructed of heavy-duty spun aluminium
(preferably stainless steel), cylindrical shape
(Minimum Diameter 300 mm X Depth app 500 mm)
and must be seamless construction to prevent
bacteria residue and dirt accumulation.
4.3
Lid have spring loaded safety valves - pressure relief
(steam release) valves, dead weight type safety valve,
automatic over pressure safety valve and dial type
pressure gauge (0 – 60 PSI) and must be sealed the
autoclave with joint less neoprene gasket,
4.4
Unit to include fitted spacing shelf/trivet above
heating element to prevent contact of contents with
heating element. Electrical heating element to have
over-temperature protection/cut out and Maximum
electrical power should not to exceed 4KW.
The life span of all items required in this TSF,
excluding wear-and-tear parts or consumables, shall
have a minimum of 5 years from the date of
successful handing over.
4.5
5
5.1
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required
for the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of
any items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Form..
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified
in this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.3
Additional 2 spare lid gaskets
71
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
72
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
6
6.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 12 months
after acceptance of the Goods
10
10.1
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
11
11.1
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
12
12.1
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in
the English language
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
73
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(3) Steriliser steam
pressure electric type 25L
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31 -3
Steriliser steam pressure electric type 25L
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
Electric steam steriliser to sterilise medical
devices (dressing material, surgical instruments
etc.).
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Operational Requirements
It shall be an electric steam steriliser
System Configurations
Electric steam steriliser, 1 unit
1. Drums Sterilising stainless steel with
seamless construction suitable to fit into the
steriliser:
a. Two (2) unit of drums: approximately 160180 mm height x external diameter 270mm
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
74
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.4
b. Two (2) unit of drums: approximately 100120 mm height x external diameter 165 mm
3.5
3.6
3.7
3. One (1) x spare over pressure rubber plug
4. One (1) x spare heating element (240 V)
5. Graduated water measuring jug, to enable
filling of steriliser with correct quantity of
water,1 unit
3.8
Bidder shall indicate brand and model/ parts
information and provide technical data
document for all the above components offered
4
4.1
Technical Specifications
Electric steam steriliser, approximately 15L+/10% chamber capacity with 25L+/-10% gross
capacity, with drums sterilising.
4.2
Bidder shall indicate here the dimensions of the
chamber as well as the overall steriliser in the
format of Height x Diameter in mm and
chamber volume in litre.
Metal vessel with high-pressure seal suitable
for carrying out sterilisation using superheated
steam. Maximum pressure: 21 PSI / 1.5 Bar.
Maximum temperature: 259°F / 126°C.
4.3
The cover and bottom of the sterilizer shall be
made of heavy cast aluminium The container
insert shall be made of Aluminium alloy.
4.4
Seal: rubber gasket sealing or metal-to-metal
sealing.
4.5
Safety clamping locks: retaining bayonet clamp
and (6) Bakelite wing nuts to prevent removal
of the cover while the sterilizer is under
pressure. Removable cover equipped with:
Bakelite top handle.
4.6
Dial gauge: geared steam pressure gauge,
graduated in kg / cm3, PSI and degrees
Fahrenheit, with colour-coded gauge showing
sterilizing zone (green) and caution zone (red).
4.7
4.8
Control valve and flexible metal exhaust tube.
Excess pressure relief valve and over-pressure
rubber plug.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
Purchaser’ Specifications
Chamber equipped with:
Aluminium container: plain basket with
handles. approx. 285 mm diameter x 215 mm
height
Aluminium inner container rack.
Heating element.
Stainless steel support stand to protect the
heating element.
4.14
4.15
Scored water level mark inside chamber.
Power supply characteristics: 220-240 V, 50 /
60 Hz, approximately 5 Amp 1000 Watts
heating element.
4.16
On-Off toggle switch. Thermostatic control
system: Thermostat heat control knob for
thermostat (setting 0 to 8) and pilot light (red).
4.17
Power supply cord: 3-wire grounded cord
with plug (type B). at least 3 meters long
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
required for the proper operation of the above
item shall be included in the offer. Bidders shall
specify, in a separate Excel worksheet, the
quantity and details of any items included in
this offer which have not been specified in this
Technical Specifications Form.
5
5.1
5.2
6
6.1
7
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate
Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of any
items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications
Forms.
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted
with appropriate plug. The power cable must be
at least 3 metres in length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
75
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
76
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
7.1
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO
13485:2003/AC:2007 or Directive
93/42/EEC and its subsequent additional
Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with
this TSF.
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the
equipment properly. The training shall include
the use of all operational functions of the
equipment, as well as routine checks and
maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 12
months after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty
Period
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
10.1
11
Installation and Commissioning
11.1
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
12
12.1
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information
in the English language
12.2
It must be supplied with diagrams for
assembly in English and list of accessories /
parts.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(4)
Intended Deletion
77
78
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(5) Pulse Oxymeter
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
31-5
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
3.1
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
Purchaser’ Specifications
Pulse Oxymeter
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A portable pulse Oxymeter to measure heart rate
and SpO2
Operational Requirements
It should operate from internal rechargeable battery
with recharging function from the AC main.
System Configurations
Pulse Oxymeter, 1 unit
Technical Specifications
Shall be a portable model.
Shall have an LCD or LED display
Shall have a bright numeric display for easy to read
parameter and menu keys
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.4
It must be suitable to operate in the presence of
potentially flammable anaesthetic gases, and it
shall not cause fire or explosion during operations.
It must be able to operate within specification at
10 to 45 degree C.
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Shall provide O2 saturation % level.
Shall provide pulse rate/beats per minute.
Standard range shall be provided for SPO2: 0% to
100%
4.9
4.10
Accuracy: +/- 3% from 70-100% SpO2 range
Pulse rate range : approximately 30 to 250 bpm
with an accuracy better than +/- 5bpm
4.11
Audio-visual alarms for high/low SpO2 & pulse
rate, sensor off, sensor failure, low battery, with
alarms override.
4.12
The unit must be capable of storing and printing
patient data.
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
required for the proper operation of the above item
shall be included in the offer. Bidders shall specify,
in a separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and
details of any items included in this offer which
have not been specified in this Technical
Specifications Forms.
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Forms..
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
SpO2 reusable finger sensors for adult and child, 1
each
5.4
5.5
6
6.1
SpO2 reusable sensor for infant, 1pc.
SpO2 reusable ear sensor, adult size, 1 pc
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least
3 metres in length.
7
Standards & Safety Requirements
79
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
80
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
7.1
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007
or Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or
USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with this
TSF.
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 12
months after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall NOT be included.
11
11.1
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
12
12.1
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in
the English language
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
81
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(6) CT Scan 16 Slice
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
31-6
1
1.1
Purchaser’ Specifications
CT Scan 16 Slice
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
Whole body multi detector rows 16 slices CT
scanner
2
2.1
Operational Requirements
A 16 slices spiral CT scanner for high resolution
whole body scanning including vascular
applications. The model should be capable of
acquiring 16 or more slices per 360 rotation.
Bidder shall indicate the year of manufacturing.
2.2
2.3
3
It shall be DICOM Ready
It shall integrate and interface with PACS
System Configurations
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
82
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.1
Spiral CT mainframe with gantry, x-ray tube and
generator , topogram, image reconstruction, Image
evaluation tools, post processing tools, as
specified, 1 unit
Main console with monitor, 1 unit
Workstation, 1 unit
DVD/CD achieving , 2 units, 1 each on each
console
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
Patient table, 1 unit
Dry film printer, 2 units
Laser colour printer , 1 unit
CT pressure Injector , 1 unit with 100 pieces of
syringes
3.9
3.10
3.11
UPS for the entire system , 1 unit
Good quality Lead aprons , 6 units
Lead glass window 100 x 125 cm, 0.5mm Pb
equivalent , 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information
here and provide technical data document for
major components specified above
3.12
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Technical Specifications
Gantry:
Gantry aperture: at least 70 cm
It shall have control panel on either side of the
gantry.
4.7
4.8
4.9
FOV: 500 mm or more.
Detector:
Data acquisition: acquire 16 slices or more per 360
rotations.
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
Row of detector: 20 or more
Coverage in Z-axis : > 20 mm or more
Number of Detector per array: > 600
Scan Time: minimum full scan time at 360° shall
not be more than 0.5 sec
4.14
4.15
X-ray Generator
The Generator should have adequate output to
facilitate spirals of at least 100 sec duration.
It should have light for positioning.
Gantry tilt: +/- 30 degrees or more via remote
control and from the console.
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
Power output: not less than 50kW
mA range : 30 to 400 mA in 1mA increment.
X-Ray Tube:
Tube focal spots: dual focal spot.
4.20
4.21
Tube Voltage: not less than 90 - 130 KV
Tube current : not less than 30-400mA
4.22
4.23
Real Time mA modulation for dose regulation.
Anode heat storage capacity: not less than 5.0
MHU
Heat dissipation rate: not less than 700kHU/min
Warranty of tube: 2 years irrespective of number of
scans.
4.24
4.25
4.26
Area of Coverage along Z axis: not less than 16
mm per rotation.
4.27
4.28
Resolution
High Contrast (X, Y axis) : 15 LP/cm or better for
complete FOV. Bidder shall specify the high
contrast value together with information of
phantom used, scan time, mA, scan field, dose,
slice and MTF.
Low contrast for CATPHAN: Bidder shall specify
the low contrast resolution value together with
information of phantom used, scan time, mA, filter
for image reconstruction, scan field, dose and slice.
4.29
4.30
Please specify the temporal and visual high
resolution also.
4.31
4.32
4.33
Patient Table
Maximum load: not less than 200Kg
Table horizontal movable range: not less than 1500
mm
4.34
Table vertical movable range: from 450 to 900
mm,\
Longitudinal Scan Range: not less than 1500 mm
Positioning accuracy at any table feed rate: not
more than +/- 0.25 mm
4.35
4.36
4.37
4.38
Table top: shall be made of carbon fibre
Minimum table top height should not be more than
550mm from the floor level
4.39
4.40
4.41
Main Console:
Main Computer for control of all examination
functions, image reconstruction, 3D processing,
filming and storage.
83
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
84
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.42
Reconstruction time: Not less than 20 images/sec.
4.43
Clock Frequency : not less than 2 GHz , memory :
not less than 12 GB
4.44
Display: >19” colour LCD display monitor with
matrix at least 1024 x 1280
4.45
Hard Disk : Not less than 1 TB for raw data and
images storage.
4.46
Image Storage : >240,000 of raw images of 512 x
512
4.47
4.48
4.49
4.50
Reconstruction Matrix : 512 x 512 or more
Display Matrix : 1024 x 1024
With parallel image processing function
Shall be able to simultaneously transfer image to
workstation while performing scan.
4.51
With DICOM 3.0 interface for transfer, print,
receive, archive, retrieve and work list.
4.52
Come with printer and CD/DVD recording device.
4.53
4.54
Helical application:
Scan length: at least 100 cm in a single continuous
spiral/helical scan with a free pitch selection.
Bidder to indicate types of helical.
4.55
With facility to bolus tracking & automatically
initiate scanning.
4.56
4.57
Offline dedicated satellite console/workstation:
Workstation with CPU, LCD monitor not less than
18”. Satellite console should have all the features
as of the main console and they shall be
swappable. With image evaluation software and
following post processing functions:
i) Software for brain perfusion and abdominal
tumour perfusion studies.
4.58
4.59
4.60
ii) Complete virtual endoscopy package.
iii) Software for stenosis analysis.
iv) Software for Dental Planning.
v) Osteo/BMD software.
Monitors for both consoles:
Shall be flat screen LCD type of at least 19” with
fast image refresh rate and flicker free.
Bidder shall specify the number of total monitors
included in the offer.
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
4.61
Purchaser’ Specifications
Consoles Common feature:
1. The two workstations should be
interconnected by ISDN Lines (to be included in
the bid price) for two way transfer of images and
reports.
2. Spatial alignment and visualization of two
different data sets of one patient generated on
different dates or with different acquisition time..
3. Post processing software: Perfusion CT, VRT,
MIP, SSD, Image Fusion, Vessel segmentation,
Virtual Endoscopy software to be provided on both
workstations.
4. Patient online registration, pre-registration
facility and transfer of information from HIS/RIS
via DICOM should be possible.
4.62
Image evaluation tools:
1. Parallel evaluation of multiple ROI in circle,
irregular and polygonal forms.
2. Statistical evaluation for area/ volume, S.D,
Mean/Max and Histograms.
3. Profile cuts: horizontal, vertical and oblique
views.
4. Distance & angle measurement, freely
selectable positioning of co-ordinate system, grid
and image annotation.
4.63
5. Dynamic evaluation of contrast enhancement
in organs and tissues, calculation of time density
curves, peak enhancement images and time-topeak images.
Post processing tools
1. 2-D, including image zoom and pan, image
manipulations, including averaging, reversal of
grey-scale values, and mirroring; image filter
functions, including advanced smoothing
algorithm and advanced bone correction.
2. Real-time multi-planar reconstruction (MPR)
of secondary views, with viewing perspectives in
all planes including curved & orthogonal MPR.
3. CT angiography, MIP, Min IP, SSD, VRT
and other advanced 3D applications and colour
coding for different tissues.
85
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
86
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4. Spatial alignment and visualization of two
different data sets of one patient generated on
different dates or with different acquisition times.
5. Perfusion CT for study of brain. Liver,
kidney, pancreas etc.
4.64
4.65
4.66
6. Volume measurements.
Patient communication system:
An integrated intercom and Automated Patient
Instruction System (API) should be provided
Image documentation
A. Dry film printer, 2 units, with the following
specifications:
1. Dry Laser/thermal technology
2.Resolution: 16 bits/ 600 dpi
3 Supports 5 multiple film sizes: one of which
must be 17”x14”
4. Must have 2 or more online film sizes.
5. Throughput of 180 films or more per hour
6. DICOM compliance, conformance statement
shall be provided for evaluation.
7. It should print on a multi-format mode and
should be DICOM compatible.
8. One integrates with the main console and the
other integrates with the satellite console.
4.67
B. Laser colour printer, 1 unit:
1. Colour dry printer for printing film quality
images on plain paper.
2. DICOM Compliant
3. Laser/thermal dye sublimation technology for
B/W or colour printing
4.68
4. Resolution: at least 1200x1200 dpi.
5. More than 20 ppm.
Connectivity and Archive:
1. DlCOM connectivity should be optimized for
networking with other imaging systems.
2. DICOM converters for linking the camera
with other imaging systems of the department
should be provided, if required separately. It
should have sufficient memory to store images
from the CT as well as other system connected to
it.
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3. Filming parallel to other activities, including
independent scanning, documentation and postprocessing and configurable image text.
4.69
4.70
4.71
4.72
4.73
4.74
5
5.1
5.2
4. Archiving: DVD/CD writer should be
provided for archiving. Specify minimum number
of uncompressed and compressed images that it
can store per disc. Option of viewing these discs on
any PC without DICOM viewer should be
available.
CT pressure injector, 1 unit:
Single head, with flow rate from 0.1-10 ml/sec,
volume 1 ml to syringe capacity, programmable
pressure limit of 325 psi with 200 ml syringe,
syringes 100 & 200 ml disposable sterile syringes,
with minimum of 30 protocols. Syringe heater at
35 ℃ +/- 5 ℃. Should be provided with head
mounting device and integral IV pole.
Unit will be provided with display monitor to
provide pressure monitor graph, flow profile, stop
watch feature, scan display, multiphase capability
and protocol locking capabilities.
Resettable overcurrent circuit breaker fitted for
protection
Servo controlled stabilizer/CVT as applicable
UPS of at least 30 minutes operation with suitable
rating shall be supplied for the complete system
including computer system , anaesthesia delivery
system, monitor and defibrillator
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
required for the proper operation of the above item
shall be included in the offer. Bidders shall specify,
in a separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and
details of any items included in this offer which
have not been specified in this Technical
Specifications Form.
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning/
lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Form.
87
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
88
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
6
6.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least
3 metres in length, and 380 or 415VAC 3-phase.
Standards & Safety Requirements
7
7.1
8
8.1
8.2
9
9.1
10
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007
or Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or
USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with this
TSF.
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the
equipment properly. The training shall include the
use of all operational functions of the equipment,
as well as routine checks and maintenance
expected by users.
One week on-site training by manufacturers'
application specialist and service engineer for
training of medical and technical staffs to
familiarize in proper operation and basic
maintenance and troubleshooting.
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24
months after acceptance of the Goods
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
10.2
The service shall cover replacement of parts of the
complete system including x-ray tube, electronic
items and all other parts. The service shall also
include a 98% uptime warranty during the
warranty period; the warranty period will be
extended by 2 times of the downtime if it exceeds
more than 2% in a year.
10.3
Manufacturer shall commit the availability of spare
parts and consumables and accessories for at least
10 years
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s)
11
11.1
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
12
12.1
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in
the English language
12.2
User manual in English incorporating the newer
applications should be provided along with
shipment of machine.
12.3
Service manual in English should be provided
along with shipment of machine.
12.4
Certificate of calibration and inspection from
factory should be provided along with shipment of
machine.
Log book with instruction for daily, weekly,
monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist.
12.5
89
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
90
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(7)
Intended Deletion
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
91
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(8) Dental Chair
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
Purchaser’ Specifications
S No.
31-8
Dental Chair
3.4
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A Dental chair for Dental treatment
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply.
System Configurations
Patient chair, 1 unit
Working stool, 2 units
High speed hand piece, 2 units
Low speed motor with 1 straight hand piece & 1 contraangle hand piece, 1 set
3.5
A built-in light cure unit
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
92
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.6
A built-in ultrasonic scaler with one each of pointed and
flat scaler tips
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
One air compressor at least 1 horse power
One suction unit at least 1 horse power
One unit of automatic amalgamator
One set of amalgam carrier with tips and one amalgam
well
One set of 4 pieces of amalgam condensers
One set of 5 pieces of amalgam carvers
One set of 5 pieces of burnishers
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for major
components specified above
Technical Specifications
Patient type: adult & paediatric & deformity
CE marked and ISO9000, ISO13485
Main unit standard configuration as follow:
Patient chair:
With electrical chair movement and deluxe double
articulated headrest.
4.7
With one left armrest as standard.
3 pre-set chair positions: start, treatment and rinsing
position.
4.8
Electrical patient chair loading capacity: not less than
1323N (135kg).
4.6
4.10
Backrest movement range 105°-175°
The lowest position of the patient chair from the ground
shall not be less then 380mm.
4.11
The highest position of the patient chair from the ground
shall not be less than 780mm
4.12
Chair movement is controllable by the 4 way foot
control at the chair base without touch panel
4.9
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
No cables on the floor, hygienic and clean.
One main switch to control air, water and power.
The chair position is locked while an instrument is
working.
With chair-backrest safety system, backrest and seat
movement can be stopped once it meets obstacle.
Dentist element:
Dentist element with whip arm system
Height of dentist element is adjustable
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
4.20
4.21
4.22
4.23
4.24
4.25
4.26
4.27
4.28
4.29
4.30
4.31
4.32
4.33
4.34
Purchaser’ Specifications
1 X-ray film viewer (12V, 2000cd/m2)
1 silicon mat for the dentist element which can be
sterilized.
1 three way syringe
3 ISO 4-hole/Midwest hand piece hoses
1 air pressure meter
Assistant element:
1 three way syringe
1 strong suction hose
1 saliva ejector
With suction filter system
Water unit:
The cuspidor can be swiveled and removable for easy
cleaning
Cup filler and bowl rinsing systems shall prevent over
filling of cup and prolong rinsing of bowl. Preferably
programmable
With automatic water heating system (24V)
With water venturi and air water separator system
4.44
Fresh water bottle, at least 1.5L
Operating light:
Colour temperature: 3800-4500K
12V, 50 Watt bulb
Dental light intensity: min 25000lux
Working stool, 2 units
Mobile on 5 castors
Height of seat and backrest is adjustable
Backrest angle is adjustable and lockable
Come with NSK or equivalent high speed hand piece, 2
units
4.45
Come with NSK or equivalent low speed motor with 1
straight hand piece & 1 contra-angle hand piece, 1 set
4.35
4.36
4.37
4.38
4.39
4.40
4.41
4.42
4.43
4.47
Come with a built-in light cure unit
Come with a built-in ultrasonic scaler with one each of
pointed and flat scaler tips
4.48
Come with one unit of automatic amalgamator
4.46
93
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
94
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.49
Come with one set of amalgam carrier with tips and one
amalgam well .
Bidder shall indicate brand and model/ part number
information here and provide catalogue of each piece of
item offered here.
4.50
Come with one set of 4 pieces of amalgam condensers,
one each of serrated small size, serrated big size, smooth
small size & smooth big size.
Bidder shall indicate brand and model/ part number
information here and provide catalogue of each piece of
item offered here.
4.51
4.52
4.53
4.54
5
5.1
Come with one set of 5 pieces of amalgam carvers,
double-ended, made of stainless steel, one size each
from small, medium up to large size.
Bidder shall indicate brand and model/ part number
information here and provide catalogue of each piece of
item offered here.
Come with one set of 5 pieces of burnishers, doubleended, made of stainless steel, one size each of different
type.
Bidder shall indicate brand and model/ part number
information here and provide catalogue of each piece of
item offered here.
Come with one air compressor at least 1 horse power or
capacity sufficient to supply to the Dental chair
specified above, whichever higher. Bidder shall indicate
capacity of the unit offered here.
Come with one suction unit at least 1 horse power or
capacity sufficient to supply to the Dental chair
specified above, whichever higher. Bidder shall indicate
capacity of the unit offered here.
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required for
the proper operation of the above item shall be included
in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
5.2
6
Purchaser’ Specifications
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning /lubrication
materials where applicable shall be included. Bidders
shall specify, in a separate Excel worksheet, the
quantity and details of any items included in this offer
which have not been specified in this Technical
Specifications Forms.
Operating Environment
6.1
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
6.2
Environment:
Temperature:10-45 degree C
Relative Humidity: not more than 98%
6.3
6.4
6.5
7
7.1
Maximum power consumption: 300VA
Air supply pressure 0.55~0.80Mpa
Water supply pressure 0.20~0.40Mpa
Standards & Safety Requirements
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent additional
Directives amending to it or USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
8
8.1
9
9.1
10
10.1
11
11.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
Preventive and corrective maintenance services during
warranty period shall be included.
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier at
the final destination(s),
95
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
96
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
12
12.1
Purchaser’ Specifications
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in the
English language
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Compliance
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
97
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(9) ICU Ventilator for
Children & Adult Pneumatic
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31-9
1
1.1
ICU Ventilator for Children & Adult Pneumatic
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A pneumatic dedicated adult and paediatric ventilator
for use in intensive care unit with CPAP mode.
2
2.1
Operational Requirements
It should operate from the main supply with central
oxygen supply and oxygen cylinder.
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
4
System Configurations
Ventilator unit, 1 unit
Trolley, 1unit
Accessories, 1set
Technical Specifications
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
98
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.1
It shall be an electronically controlled pneumatic
ventilator or equivalent.
4.2
The pneumatics should be designed such that the
patient is always permitted for free spontaneous
breathing.
4.3
The air passed through the compressor or turbine shall
be cleaned by a HEPA filter before delivering to
patient.
4.4
Ventilator shall come with non-invasive ventilation
4.5
4.6
4.7
Gas and power supply
Inlet gas pressure: air 3-5bar, O2 3-6bar
Microprocessor controlled gas delivery system with
integrated air pump or a matching medical air
compressor which will automatically be on if the
medical air from the central supply is cut off.
4.8
With integrated electronic air-oxygen mixture control.
4.9
Power supply: 220 and 240VAC , 50 - 60 Hz o to
meet the power supply requirements of the purchaser's
country
4.10
4.11
Battery back-up time: Approximately 120 min
Ventilation mode: A/C , SIMV, CPAP, PSV, BIPAP,
Apnoea ventilation, SPONT
4.12
4.13
4.14
Ventilation frequency: approximately 2 - 80 bpm
Inspiratory flow range: 6 to 150 l/min
Triggering mechanism: flow triggering, preferably
with pressure triggering.
4.15
4.16
4.17
Inspiration time: approximately 0.2 - 10 sec
Tidal volume: approximately 0.05 - 2 litre
Inspiratory pressure: approximately 0 - 100 mBar
(1mBar = 1.02 cmH2O)
4.18
4.19
Oxygen concentration(FiO2): 21- 100 volume %
In case of oxygen failure, the ventilator should be
able to provide ventilation with room air.
4.20
PEEP/ intermittent PEEP: approximately 0 - 35mBar
4.21
Triggering sensitivity: flow triggering: not more than
1 - 15L/min, in the case if pressure triggering is
included: -20 - -0.1cmH2O
Automatically calculate inspiratory and expiratory
triggering points
4.22
4.23
With leak compensation to NPPV and pressure
support (PSV) in SMIV and CPAP modes
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.24
Pressure support Ventilation (PSV) : approximately 0
- 35mBar
4.25
4.26
Controlled ventilation:
The ventilators shall have volume-controlled and
pressure-controlled modes that can be used to provide
both full and partial ventilatory support.
4.27
Volume controlled: Assist/Control, IMV (Intermittent
mandatory ventilation) and SIMV (Synchronized
Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation)
4.28
Pressure controlled: Assist/Control, IMV (Intermittent
mandatory ventilation) and SIMV (Synchronized
Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation)
4.29
4.30
4.31
4.32
With Spontaneous pressure support mode
With Apnoea-backup ventilation mode
Supported ventilation:
Volume Support (Volume supported ventilation),
synchronized support ventilation with volume
guarantee
4.33
4.34
4.35
CPAP (Continuous Positive Airway Pressure)
Combined ventilation:
The ventilator shall also have combination modes,
combine volume- and pressure-controlled ventilation
to ensure that a minimum volume is delivered with an
initial flow that matches patient demand.
4.36
4.37
4.38
4.39
4.40
4.41
4.42
SIMV (Volume Control) (Synchronized Intermittent
Pressure Support Mandatory Ventilation based on
volume controlled ventilation with pressure support)
Ventilator off / Battery charging
Trigger bias flow:
Paediatric flow triggering
Adult flow triggering
Pre-set Tidal Volume: approximately 20- 2 000mL
Pre-set Minute Volume: approximately 0.2 - 20 L/min
4.43
4.44
4.45
4.46
4.47
Oxygen breaths:
100% for 20 breaths or max 3min
Patient range:
Paediatric / Adult
Monitoring and Alarms:
99
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
100
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.48
Standard monitoring of the following parameters:
Pressures, flow, volumes, time, frequency, real time
waveforms, trends, oxygen percentage and etc.
4.49
Should contain all standard operator-adjustable as well
as special audible as well as visual alarms for all the
vital ventilation parameters like volumes, pressures,
frequencies, oxygen percentage, Apnoea and also its
technical status.
4.50
4.51
4.52
Apnoea alarm time approximately 15 - 60 sec
With internal flow sensor
With bacterial filter, able to filter at least 99.97% of
all 0.3 microns particles, at both inspiration and
expiration terminal.
The expiration bacterial filter is preferably housed in a
heating device to reduce condensation in the filter.
4.53
4.54
4.55
Expiration sensitivity regulation
Auxiliary equipment port. Bidder shall indicate details
here.
4.56
It shall be able to work with O2 concentrator in
delivering oxygen to patient.
5
5.1
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required
for the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of
any items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
HEPA filter, 5 sets for 5 replacements
Silicone Autoclaveable breathing circuit for adult and
child, 2 complete sets each.
5.3
5.4
5.5
Connecting hose with regulator/ flow meter or probe
for connection to Pin index oxygen cylinder and BOC
type oxygen wall outlet, 3 meter length, 1 set
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
Calibration manometer, Test
Hexagonal wrench 5mm
O2 cell with O-ring.
Silicone test lung adult and child size, 1 set each
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
5.10
5.11
5.12
Nipple connector 15-10 mm
Trolley,1 unit
Breathing gas Humidifier, x 2 sets, with following
parameters. (a) Adjustable temperature regulation.
(b)Safety valves. (c)Display for operating status and
Humidifier Accessories including: (1)Clamp set (2)
Temperature sensor (3) Humidifier bracket (4)
Patient hoses (5) Water traps (6) Y pieces (6) Catheter
connector and etc.
5.13
5.14
5.15
5.16
5.17
5.18
Patient humidifier, 1 pc
Humidifier bracket, 1 pc
Hinged arm, 1 pc
Temperature sensor, 1 unit
Flow sensors, 5 pcs
Inspiration bacterial filter, able to filter 99.97% of all
0.3 microns particles, 5 pcs
5.19
Expiration bacterial filter, able to filter 99.97% of all
0.3 microns particles, 5 pcs
6
6.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
7.2
Shall meet equipment safety standard of IEC 60601
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
101
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
102
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
10.1
Preventive and corrective maintenance services during
warranty period shall be included.
11
11.1
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier
at the final destination(s),
12
12.1
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in the
English language
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
103
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(10) Operating table
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31-10 Operating table
1
1.1
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
The table shall be suitable for a wide range of General
surgery applications.
2
2.1
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on a non-electric hydraulic system
3
3.1
3.2
System Configurations
Operating table, 1 unit
Lithotomy stirrups, it shall be insulated to protect
patient for electric burn by electric cautery unit, 1 pair
3.3
3.4
3.5
Arm posturing board x2pcs
Anaesthesia screen x1pc
Body strap x2pcs
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
104
S No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
Wristlet x1pc
Head ring, x1pc
Knee crutches x2pcs
kidney pillar/ support, x 1pc
Douche tray fitting, 1 set
At least three spare mounting brackets/ clamps
4
4.1
Technical Specifications
Height adjustment by a non-electric hydraulic system
4.2
The table shall be mobile on castors with efficient
braking system or castor lifting system in order to
provide sufficient stability during operation.
4.3
The movements of head section, leg section, raising
and translation of backrest, raising and translation of
pelvic support shall be operated mechanically.
4.4
All table adjustment mechanisms shall have locking
mechanisms or non-slip drives i.e. Worm drives,
ratchets, groove locator, etc. Bidder shall indicate the
locking mechanism of the table offered.
4.5
Table shall be finished in non-ferrous metal, and/or
ferrous metal with heavy duty paint coating providing
sealed and easy clean surface.
4.6
Table shall have stainless steel or heavy duty chromed
side rails for accessory fittings - to permit rapid fitting
and detachment of accessories
4.7
Table section: 4 sections with adjustable and
removable head / leg flaps.
4.8
Table top: Full length radiotranslucent top with x-ray
cassette tunnel with cassette holder.
4.9
Mattress: Radiotranslucent, antistatic, 4 section,
washable and easy to clean with a thickness of at least
8cm.
4.10
4.11
4.12
Dimension at least in range 600 x 2000 mm
Height adjustment: 610 to 900mm.
Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg: 30 degree /
30 degree
4.13
Lateral tilt (Left/right): approx.: 25 degree/ 25 degree
4.14
4.15
Back section: approx. 65 degree up/40 degree down.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.16
Leg section: 20 degree up / 95 degree down and/ or to
be completely removable for obstetrics/gynaecology
procedures
5
5.1
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required
for the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of
any items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.3
All accessories which are to be rail mounted shall be
supplied complete with mounting brackets/ clamps.
5.4
Basic accessories, 1 set consists of the following
items:
Lithotomy stirrups, it shall be insulated to protect
patient for electric burn by electric cautery unit, 1 pair
5.5
5.6
5.7
5.8
5.9
5.10
5.11
5.12
5.13
5.14
6
6.1
7
Arm posturing board x2pcs
Anaesthesia screen x1pc
Body strap x2pcs
Wristlet x1pc
Head ring, x1pc
Knee crutches x2pcs
kidney pillar/ support, x 1pc
Douche tray fitting, 1 set
At least three spare mounting brackets/ clamps
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
105
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
106
S No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
7.1
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 12 months
after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1
Preventive and corrective maintenance services during
warranty period shall be included.
11
11.1
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier
at the final destination(s),
12
12.1
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in the
English language
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
107
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31 – (11) Doppler ultrasound
machines
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
This ICB 31 – (11) consists of the following sub-slices:
11.1
11.2
11.3
S No.
USG Portable Colour Doppler 3 probes
High end Colour Doppler Ultrasound Machine with Convex, Linear and Endocavity
Multi Frequency Probes
Middle range Colour Doppler Ultrasound Machine with convex, Linear and Endocavity
Multi-frequency Probes
Purchaser’ Specifications
31 - USG Portable Colour Doppler 3 probes
(11.1)
1
1.1
2
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A general purpose notebook-type colour
Doppler ultrasound imaging system
Operational Requirements
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
108
2.1
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply. The
machine is intended to be carried to the field or
the patient ward with the inbuilt battery system
to examine patients who could not come to
USG room
System Configurations
Portable colour Doppler ultrasound imaging
system, 1unit
1 unit of broad bandwidth of 2 - 5MHz, convex
array probe for OB/GYN and abdominal
application
1 unit of broad bandwidth of 5 - 10 MHz, linear
array probe for small part and superficial
scanning application
3.4
1 unit of broad bandwidth of 5 - 8 MHz, endovaginal probe for OB/GYN endo-vaginal
scanning application
3.5
4
4.1
1 unit of Black & White thermal printer
Technical Specifications
The machine is intended to be carried to the
field or the patient ward with the inbuilt battery
system to examine patients who could not come
to USG room. it shall comply with the
following requirements for this purpose:
4.2
The unit shall be lightweight and easy to carry,
the total weight including 1 probe and battery
shall not be more than 5kg.
4.3
The unit must be sturdy, "drop safe", resistant
to breakage & damage on minor fall or hit
against the wall or hard surface.
4.4
Shall have long lasting built-in rechargeable
battery which shall support up to 2 hours of
routine ultrasound examinations
4.5
This machine shall come with main unit, 3 units
of probes, 2 built-in rechargeable Lithium ion
battery packs and 1unit of black and white
thermal printer
It shall come with a custom made trolley on
castors to hold the main unit on top with
provision of a probe holder and drawers for
storage of 3 probes, printer and ultrasound gel.
Main applications: OB/GYN, abdominal, small
parts, cardiac and vascular.
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
Main unit:
Display not less than 26cm (10") colour LCD
display
4.10
4.11
Full alphanumeric keyboard
Probe connector: at least 1 probe connector
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
4.12
4.13
Shall come with 1 unit of broad bandwidth of 2
- 5MHz, not less than 30cm scan depth, convex
array probe for OB/GYN and abdominal
application
Shall come with 1 unit of broad bandwidth of 5
- 10 MHz, not less than 9cm scan depth, linear
array probe for small part and superficial
scanning application
4.14
Shall come with 1 unit of broad bandwidth of 5
- 8 MHz, not less than 10cm scan depth, endovaginal probe for OB/GYN endo-vaginal
scanning application
4.15
The system shall accept most of the common
probe types of: convex array, linear array,
phased array
Scan modes: M-mode, B-mode and 2-D
System shall be incorporated with English
operation menu and reporting.
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
4.23
4.24
4.25
4.26
4.27
4.28
4.29
With digital broad bandwidth multi-frequency
imaging capability
With Doppler angle and angle correction
Frame rate: not less than 50fps
Display depth: minimum 30cm
Matrix size: 512 x 512 x 8bit
Grayscale levels: 256
The machine shall include the following
functions:
Programmable pre-set examination protocols
store common setting related to image
display/adjustment, annotation,
Obstetric analysis: BPD (biparietal diameter),
CRL (crown-rump length), AC (abdominal
circumference), HC (heart circumference), FL
(foetal length), GS (gestation sac), GA
(estimation of gestation age), foetal weight,
heart rate and etc.
OB/GYN reporting
Small part analysis
Cardiac analysis with intima medial thickness
measurement
4.30
Velocity Colour to detect colour flow with PW
& CW Doppler
4.31
4.32
4.33
4.34
4.35
4.36
Body markers
Time & slope for M-Mode
Contrast with 8 - 10 steps adjustment
Image pan, zoom, freeze, text annotation
Focus: 4-point adjustment
Automatic gain control
109
110
4.37
4.38
4.39
4.40
4.41
4.42
4.43
4.44
4.45
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Near and far Gain adjustment.
With pre- and post- processing
With tissue harmonic imaging
With tissue optimization function
With function to reduce patch noise and other
image artefacts without compromising quality
of images.
With multi-beam imaging
With clear visual of biopsy needle position
With dual and duplex imaging
Dynamic range, selectable up to approximately
165dB
4.46
Image storage: Shall be able to store still and
video images, shall be able to store about 1000
images on main unit.
4.47
Cine memory of 250 or more frames for cine
loop playback
4.48
Come with 1 unit of Black & White thermal
printer.
5
5.1
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
(including 2 bottles of ultrasound gel) required
for the proper operation of the above item shall
be included in the offer. Bidders shall specify,
in a separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and
details of any items included in this offer which
have not been specified in this Technical
Specifications Form..
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate
Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of any
items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Form.
5.2
6
6.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted
with appropriate plug. The power cable must be
at least 3 metres in length.
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO
13485:2003/AC:2007 or Directive
93/42/EEC and its subsequent additional
Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
this TSF.
7.2
Shall comply with IEC60601-1 Class I Type BF
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the
equipment properly. The training shall include
the use of all operational functions of the
equipment, as well as routine checks and
maintenance expected by users.
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24
months after acceptance of the Goods
9
9.1
10
10.1
Maintenance Service During Warranty
Period
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
11
11.1
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
12
12.1
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information
in the English language
111
112
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
S No.
31 (11.2)
High-end colour Doppler ultrasound machine
with convex, linear and endocavity multifrequency probes
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
Description of Functions
The system should be state of the art with fully
digital technology equipment to incorporate the
facility of 2D, M-Mode, CDI, PW, CW-Doppler,
Power Doppler, directional power angio,
(Contrast Imaging), Real time 3-D(4-D), Imaging
for abdomen, obstetrics & Gynae,
Cerebrovascular, peripheral vascular, adult transcranial & superficial parts imaging like breast,
scrotum, thyroid, musculoskeletal exam and etc.
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply.
System Configurations
3.1
Digital colour Doppler ultrasound machine, 1 unit
3.2
Convex probe 2-5 mHz , 1 unit
3.3
Broadband linear array probe with frequency
range between 5 to 17 mHz, 1 unit
3.4
Broadband linear array probe with frequency
range between 3 to 9 mHz, 1 unit
3.5
Endocavity probe 3-10 mHz for TV/TR
application along with biopsy guide, 1 unit
3.6
Broadband convex volume 4D transducer 2-6mHz
for 3D/4D applications, 1 unit
3.7
Volume 4-D endo-cavitary probe, 1 unit
3.8
Ultrasound gel warmer, 1 unit
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
113
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.9
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information
here and provide technical data document for
major components specified above
4
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Technical Specifications
4.1
It should be fully digital technology with digital
beam former and should have more than 50000
digitally processed channels. Technical data sheet
should be enclosed in technical bid to support the
number of digitally processed channels on the
system.
4.2
Monitor should be at least 19” flat LCD colour
display
4.3
System should have at least 3 universal active
probe ports with electronic switching facility form
key board without probe adapter.
4.4
Operating modes B-mode, M-Mode, B/M Mode,
Doppler Mode, Colour flow, power Doppler,
DCA/DPA, Contrast Imaging, B/Colour flow,
PW, CW Doppler, Real time 3D ( 4-D imaging),
Elastography Imaging for Breast, Liver and
Gynaecology Application.
4.5
System should support broadband
spanning a frequency of 2-17 MHz.
4.6
B mode & B colour simultaneous should be
available side by side real time display of B-Mode
& Colour flow. Digital zoom facility for region of
interest in real time and frozen images.
4.7
System should have 256 grey shades.
4.8
Image storage facility on built-in hard disc or
MOD/CD/DVD-RW facility In case of built-in
hard disk it shall have a capacity of 160GB.
System should have extensive image management
capability including thumb nail review, Cineloop
editing etc.
4.9
Cine loop as well as cine scroll facility in B mode
with storage of 800 or more images should be
available. Cineloop frames should also be
available for abdominal contrast applications
4.10
Auto trace & automatic Doppler calculations
should be available in Live & frozen images.
probes
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
114
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.11
System should have high precision beam steered
spatial image compounding for acquisition of
more tissue image information and reduction of
angle generated artefacts. Should have up to 9
beam-steered lines of sight. This should be
demonstrated in convex, linear and endocavity
probes.
4.12
Advanced measurements & calculation package
for abdominal, obst./gynae, urology & vascular
should be available.
4.13
System should be capable of scanning depth of
38cm
4.14
System should have an acquisition frame rate in
2D of 500 frames/second. Acquisition frame rate
should be clearly mentioned in the technical
quote.
4.15
System should have a very high dynamic range of
at least 170 dB to pick up subtle echoes.
4.16
System should have THI & should be able to
work in combined mode of harmonic imaging and
real time compound imaging to get excellent
image quality. The system shall offer Tissue
Harmonic Imaging in Power Doppler imaging
mode for improved sensitivity and specificity in
differentiating blood/agent from tissue.
4.17
The system should have Contrast Harmonic
Imaging and should have optimization settings to
detect the Contrast Agents. Please specify other
advanced Technologies to perform better Contrast
Harmonic Imaging.
4.18
The system should have Harmonic Imaging for
Tissues for hard to image patients. The system
shall support Tissue Harmonic Imaging capability
on phased, linear, 3D and curved array
transducers. Tissue Harmonic Imaging should be
available in colour flow imaging, M-Mode, and
3D rendering modes.
4.19
The system should have adaptive Image
Processing for noise and artefact reduction that
improves tissue conspicuity and artefact
reduction. Such as X-rays, SRI (Speckle
Reduction Imaging) technology or equivalent.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.20
Selectable field of view from 20-90 degrees for
sector probe. PW / Colour Tissue Doppler
Imaging should be standard on the system.
PW/CW Doppler facility in all imaging Phased
Array Sector Transducers.
4.21
Independently selectable Gain Control in both
Axial & Lateral Plane with control keys
4.22
Automatic real time & frozen tracing of
instantaneous peak velocity & instantaneous mean
velocity (or frequency) should be available.
Triplex Imaging should be standard on the system.
4.23
PW velocity range up to 12.5KHz & more than 15
KHz with HPRF option at 0 degree cursor angle
preferably. Should provide capability to change
2D Functions like Overall gain, Dynamic Range
and Colour Functions like Gain, Baseline, Colour
Map, Invert on a reviewed Image.
4.24
Angle correction in real time & frozen mode
should be available. Should have single button
control for automatic optimization and adjustment
of TGC and Receiver Gain to achieve optimal
uniformity of image quality and faster scans. The
automatic optimization should be offered in
Colour Imaging too. Control panel should be
capable of being raised, lowered and rotated.
4.25
System should also have incorporated the
following features:
4.26
Real Time 3-D in grey scale, fusion
mode(colour/power & B/W). STIC capability for
Foetal Echocardiography.
4.27
Real time 3D colour image package with volume
4D convex probe for real time 3D imaging with
frequency range of 3-5 MHz
4.28
Multi-slice/iSlice/TUI imaging should be there.
4.29
vi) Foetal Heart Navigator or Similar Technology
to Automates the initial ductal arch view
4.30
Obtains the foetal heart views: 4-Chamber,LVOT,
and RVOT
115
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
116
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.31
The system should offer a very high frame rate up
to 500 frames per second. The system shall be
able to perform mechanical 4D acquisitions at 30
Volumes per second and electronic live volume
imaging up to 90 volumes per second. Please
specify.
4.32
Machine should operate on single phase 220 V, 50
Hz. Abdominal Contrast Imaging should be
standard on the system. Abdominal probe should
be capable of contrast imaging, please confirm
this in the technical bid. Should have Low
Mechanical Index (MI) and Flash Modes and
start/stop timer.
4.33
On line UPS off suitable KVA with in-built
battery for the whole system with at least 30
minutes back up time
4.34
Black and white thermal printer of latest model
and of standard make.
4.35
Biopsy guide compatible with Linear probe and
convex probe. System should be quoted along
with Breast, Gynaecology and Liver Elastography
Imaging as standard.
4.36
The system should support Convex, Linear,
Sector, Volume, Matrix Array and static
transducers. It should support volume imaging by
freehand, mechanical, and electronic methods.
The system should support the real time
acquisition and display of two image planes. The
system shall allow for a reference plane and
second plane that can be laterally tilted, elevation
tilted or rotated with respect to the reference
plane.
4.37
The system should be DICOM ready System
should have capability of HIS and RIS
connectivity and should also be connected to the
dry chemistry printer available in the department (
CR/DR system/ CT/MRI/Mamography). Should
provide advanced DICOM connectivity to an
enterprise data management
system or PACS
with advanced DICOM features: DICOM Store,
Modality Work list, Performed Procedure Step
and Structured Reporting. Please specify the
advance DICOM features available on the quoted
system.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.38
System should have a full Alfa numeric key board
with illuminated key and status display System
should have Fully Articulating Control Panel
including Height, swivel & slide adjustments.
4.39
The system shall support simultaneous display of
volume and multi planar reconstructed (MPR)
views. The system should have the in-built
software tool for imaging MPR, Thick Slice, and
slice plane views. The system shall support full
screen display of all 3D views including
individual X, Y, Z MPR views and simultaneous
display of thumbnail views on the same system
display monitor. Full Trim capability must be
supported: Oblique and linear trimming in the
MPRs; Freehand trimming of the volume
4.40
It shall come with the following probes:
4.41
Convex probe 2-5 mHz , 1 unit
4.42
Broadband linear array probe with frequency
range between 5 to 17 mHz, 1 unit
4.43
Broadband linear array probe with frequency
range between 3 to 9 mHz, 1 unit
4.44
Endocavity probe 3-10 mHz for TV/TR
application along with biopsy guide, 1 unit
4.45
Broadband convex volume 4D transducer 2-6mHz
for 3D/4D applications, 1 unit
4.46
Volume 4-D endo-cavitary probe, 1 unit
5
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
5.1
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
(including 2 bottles of ultrasound gel) required for
the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details
of any items included in this offer which have not
been specified in this Technical Specifications
Form.
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate
Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of any
items included in this offer which have not been
117
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
118
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
S No.
specified in this Technical Specifications Form.
6
6.1
7
7.1
8
8.1
9
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least
3 metres in length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC: 2007
or Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or
USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with this
TSF.
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the
equipment properly. The training shall include the
use of all operational functions of the equipment,
as well as routine checks and maintenance
expected by users.
Warranty
9.1
The warranty period for this item shall be 24
months after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1
11
11.1
12
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
Documentation
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
12.1
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in
the English language
31 (11.3)
Middle range Colour Doppler Ultrasound
Machine with convex, linear and endocavity
multi-frequency probes
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
Description of Functions
A fully digital colour Doppler ultrasound DICOM
compatible imaging system for Radiology, OB
Gyn, vascular, small parts applications
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply.
System Configurations
3.1
Digital colour Doppler ultrasound machine, 1 unit
3.2
2-6 mHz broadband curved array transducer, 1
unit
3.3
3-12 mHz broadband linear array transducer, 1
unit
3.4
4-8 mHz broadband endocavity (TV/TR)
transducer, 1 unit
3.5
2-6 mHz volume 4D convex transducer for realtime 3D Imaging / 4D Imaging, 1 unit
3.6
3-9 mHz volume 4D TVS transducer for real-time
3D Imaging / 4D imaging for transvaginal
application, 1 unit
3.7
Ultrasound gel warmer, 1 unit
3.8
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information
here and provide technical data document for
major components specified above
119
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
120
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
4
Purchaser’ Specifications
Technical Specifications
4.1
System shall provide all-digital broadband beam
forming with maximum display depth shall be at
least 30 cm.
4.2
The system should be capable of supporting
XRES Extreme Resolution adaptive image
processing technique that performs analysis at the
pixel level eliminating speckle noise artefact and
dynamically enhancing tissue textures, margins
and borders.
4.3
The system shall be capable of supporting
SonoCT nine lines compound imaging using
computed beam steering technology.
4.4
The system shall be capable of acquiring/
displaying quantitative 3D or 4D volume data
with STIC capability for Foetal
Echocardiography.
4.5
The system should capable to perform 4D
acquisitions at least 30 volumes/sec.
4.6
The system should have minimum 8000 digitally
processed channels per image frame.
4.7
The system should support broadband Phased
array, Convex and Linear array transducers.
4.8
System should provide 232 dB fulltime input
dynamic range.
4.9
Digitally controlled, 17-inch Flat Panel monitor
with tilt & swivel.
4.10
Slide pot TGC & LGC gain controls with predefined curves.
4.11
System should be a new generation ergonomically
designed to curb minimum injury to sonographer/
physician with keyboard platform rotatable and
moveable (up/down).
4.12
System should support Tissue Harmonic Imaging
in Phased Array, Linear Array and convex array
transducers.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.13
The system shall support full screen display of all
3D views including individual A, B and C MPR
views and simultaneous display of thumbnail
views on the same system display monitor.
4.14
The system should have in-built image
management system with at least 80 GB HDD,
CD- Writing facility and direct paper printout of
images.
4.15
The system should have 2D, CW, PW, Colour
Doppler, THI, Colour Power Doppler, M-Mode,
Pulse Inversion Harmonic Technology.
4.16
Anatomical M-Mode, High Q Automatic Doppler
Analysis, Intelligent 2D Scan Facility, Intelligent
Doppler Scan Facility, Tomographic Ultrasound
Imaging Capability of Foetal brain(TUI).
4.17
System Shall offer Contrast harmonic imaging
and should have optimization settings to detect
contrast agents. Please specify other advanced
technologies to perform better contrast harmonic
imaging
4.18
Following transducers to be quoted as standard:
4.19
2-6 mHz broadband curved array transducer
4.20
3-12 mHz broadband linear array transducer
4.21
4-8 mHz broadband endocavity (TV/TR)
transducer
4.22
2-6 mHz volume 4D convex transducer for realtime 3D Imaging / 4D Imaging
4.23
3-9 mHz volume 4D TVS transducer for real-time
3D Imaging / 4D imaging for transvaginal
application
4.24
To ensure maximum clinical utility, the
manufacturer must demonstrate the capability of
the system to successfully perform in the
following types of applications:
4.25
Abdominal
4.26
Small parts and superficial
4.27
Paediatric
121
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
122
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
S No.
4.28
Musculoskeletal
4.29
Obstetrical
4.30
Gynaecological and fertility
4.31
Prostate
4.32
Vascular (Peripheral, Cerebrovascular, and
Intraoperative)
4.33
The system architecture shall be designed to
simultaneously process the entire bandwidth of
broadband transducer received frequencies from 1
to 15 MHz
5
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
5.1
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
(including 2 bottles of ultrasound gel) required for
the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details
of any items included in this offer which have not
been specified in this Technical Specifications
Form.
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate
Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of any
items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Form.
6
6.1
7
7.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least
3 metres in length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007
or Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or
USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
S No.
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with this
TSF.
8
8.1
9
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the
equipment properly. The training shall include the
use of all operational functions of the equipment,
as well as routine checks and maintenance
expected by users.
Warranty
9.1
The warranty period for this item shall be 24
months after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1
11
11.1
12
12.1
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in
the English language
123
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviatio
n if any
Page no. of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
124
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(12) Video Arthroscopy
System
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31-12 Video Arthroscopy System
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
1
Description of Functions
An endoscopy system for arthroscopy
1.1
procedure on knee joint.
2
2.1
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply.
Qty
Unit of
Measure
ment
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Complian
ce
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
2.2
* Despite specifications of rigid
scopes are written in separate TSF,
The rigid video endoscopy system,
including camera system, all
telescopes, ancillary equipment for a
Hospital must be of the same BRAND
and same MANUFACTURER. All
rigid endoscopes offered for a
hospital must also be able to share
one common camera system in order
to promote sharing and hence
increase its utilisation. All bidders
must comply with this condition.
System Configurations
Digital single chip camera system, 1
unit
Colour monitor, 1 unit
Xenon 175 watt cold light source and
light cable, 1 unit
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
4
4.1
4.2
Power shaver system, 1 unit
Arthroscope Autoclaveable, 1 set
Hand instruments for large joint, 1 set
1 unit of video CD recorder
1 unit of video printer
Arthroscopy trolley, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model
information here and provide technical
data document for major components
specified above and for all instruments
and endoscopes specified below.
Technical Specifications
* Digital single chip camera system,
The system shall come with Camera
control unit and camera head.
4.3
4.4
The camera shall be of single CCD chip
Horizontal image resolution shall be
more than 450 lines
4.5
Automatic white balance with memory
function
The system shall be compatible with all
major rigid endoscope eyepieces.
4.6
125
Qty
Unit of
Measure
ment
1
unit
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Complian
ce
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
126
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.7
The camera head shall have 2
programmable buttons for control of
camera functions, video recorder, video
printer and other peripheral equipment.
The camera head shall be able to
connect with operating microscope by
means of a special adaptor.
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
The camera head shall be Autoclaveable
or at least shall be disinfected by
soaking in common disinfectants and/or
sterilized by gas.
The system shall have the following
output:
Composite signal
Y/C signal
RGB signal
NTSC
PAL
The system shall include:
1x power supply cable
2x connecting cables for video recorder
and video printer
1x BNC-connecting cable
1x S-VHS connecting cable
1x RGB-connecting cable set
The system shall at least comply with
IEC 601-1, 601-2-18, CSA 22.2 No.
601, UL 2601, CE label according to
MDD, protection class 1/BF. (Bidder
shall indicate the standards which their
equipment complied with.)
Colour monitor
The 19" colour LCD monitor shall have
at least 500 lines horizontal resolution
Shall have PAL and NTSC colour
system.
It shall have the following video input:
Composite signal, Y/C signal and RGB
signal.
The system shall at least comply with
IEC 601-1. (Bidder shall indicate the
standards which their equipment
complied with.)
Xenon 175 watt cold light source and
light cable
Qty
Unit of
Measure
ment
1
unit
1
unit
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Complian
ce
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
127
Qty
Unit of
Measure
ment
4.19
The unit shall have a light port with
xenon lamp of approximately 175 watt
4.20
The colour temperature shall be
approximately 5000K.
4.21
4.22
There shall be at least 1 light outlet.
The intensity of light shall be
continuously adjustable.
4.23
The life span of the lamp shall be at
least 500 hours for xenon.
4.24
Spare lamp of xenon, one each, shall be
supplied together with this tender.
1
pc
4.25
Fibre optic light cable ~250cm length
size ~4.8mm
1
pc
4.26
The system shall at least comply with
IEC 601-1, CE label according to
MDD, protection class 1/BF. (Bidder
shall indicate the standards which their
equipment complied with.)
Shall come with 1 unit of video CD
recorder
Shall come with 1 unit of video printer
Arthroscopy Irrigation/Distension
unit
Electronic centrifugal pump, peristaltic
pump or equivalent
1
unit
1
1
unit
unit
1
unit
4.27
4.28
4.29
4.30
4.31
4.32
The unit shall have at least pressure
control to regulate the fluid pressure
being produced and to directly regulate
pressure within the joint.
Fluid pressure range : approximately 10
- 180 mmHg
4.33
Flow rate setting: approximately 0 - 1
litre/min. adjustable
4.34
The system shall constantly monitor
intra-operational pressure to prevent
over pressure. There shall have optical
and acoustical warning signal and
software controlled electronic venting
in case of overpressure
The system shall at least comply with
IEC 601-1. (Bidder shall indicate the
standards which their equipment
complied with.)
Power shaver system
4.35
4.36
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Complian
ce
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
128
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.37
The system shall consist of power
shaver control unit, footswitch and hand
pieces
The motor of the system shall be
electrical and battery type
4.38
4.39
The control unit shall be microprocessor
controlled to produce optimum torque,
cutting power and precise control of
blade speeds from ~0 - ~30000 rpm
4.40
Configuration of the saw shall be
oscillating, sagittal and reciprocating.
4.41
The control unit shall have memory to
store pre-programmed speeds for each
blades (Bidder shall indicate the
maximum number of pre-programmed
speeds for the system offered)
The LED shall be capable of displaying
maximum and minimum blade speed of
all type of blades used. It shall have
safety of maximum and minimum speed
locking feature.
The control unit shall have selfdiagnostic function and shall indicate
any faults detected via its LED
4.42
4.43
4.44
4.45
4.46
Shaver hand piece: Shall come with 1
set of shaver hand piece, it shall be
Autoclaveable, maximum 12,000rpm,
brushless motor, with automatic torque
feedback to maintain consistent speed
and torque. It shall accommodate
various types of blades and burrs.
Bidder shall indicate the specifications
of the hand piece offered here.
The system shall come with 1 set of
standard saw blade. Bidder shall
indicate quantity and details of blades
included here
Shall come with a footswitch, it shall
be capable of oscillating, forward and
reverse control. The footswitch shall be
splash proof and unaffected by common
OR fluid spills, easy to clean, have
suitable mechanical protection against
accidental pedal depression and
switches shall not be susceptible to
sticking in the ON position.
Qty
Unit of
Measure
ment
1
set
1
set
1
unit
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Complian
ce
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
129
Qty
Unit of
Measure
ment
1
1
set
pc
1
set
1
1
set
set
1
set
1
1
set
pc
Punch basket duckling up biter with
loop handle.
Punch basket duckling curved left with
loop handle.
1
pc
1
pc
4.58
Punch basket duckling curved right
with loop handle.
1
pc
4.59
Punch scissors straight with loop
handle.
Grasper forceps loose body pit-bull with
loop handle.
1
pc
1
pc
Grasper forceps alligator max with loop
handle.
Punch basket 90º rotary 2.2mm left
with straight handle.
1
pc
1
pc
4.63
Punch basket 90º rotary 2.2mm right
with straight handle.
1
pc
4.64
4.65
4.66
4.67
Probe straight with straight handle.
Sterilization tray for linear instruments.
Sterilization tray for rotary instruments.
Any additional instruments deem
necessary to compliment the above
items, bidder shall list these items
1
1
1
pc
pc
pc
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.47
The system shall comply with IEC 6011 or any other equivalent standards
(please indicate standards complied
with).
Arthroscope Autoclaveable
Arthroscope 30º 4mm diameter, ~110º
field of view, ~ 160mm working length,
Autoclaveable
Autoclaveable cannula set for the above
arthroscope comes with a 5.8mm
double valve rotatable cannula and
obturator.
Punch cone
Autoclaveable cannula set for the above
cone punch comes with a 5.8mm quick
locking double valve rotatable cannula
and obturator.
Sterilization tray for the above
instruments.
Hand instruments for large joint
Punch basket narrow shaft upswept
with loop handle.
4.48
4.49
4.50
4.51
4.52
4.53
4.54
4.55
4.56
4.57
4.60
4.61
4.62
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Complian
ce
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
130
S No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
Qty
Unit of
Measure
ment
2
2
box
pc
below:
4.68
4.69
4.70
4.71
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
add1:
add2:
add3:
This unit shall share with the common
rigid scope camera system within the
package. Bidder must ensure and
declare here the compatibility of this
instrument set with the camera system
offered.
Accessories, Spare Parts and
Consumables
All standard
accessories/consumables/parts required
for the proper operation of the above
item shall be included in the offer.
Bidders shall specify, in a separate
Excel worksheet, the quantity and
details of any items included in this
offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Form.
All standard Maintenance tools and
cleaning /lubrication materials where
applicable shall be included. Bidders
shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of
any items included in this offer which
have not been specified in this
Technical Specifications Form.
Video printer paper, box of 100 pieces
Cleaning brush ~35cm length, outer
diameter 2.5mm
5.5
Cleaning brush ~35cm length, outer
diameter 11mm
2
pc
5.6
6
6.1
Oil 50ml
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz
fitted with appropriate plug. The power
cable must be at least 3 metres in
length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
2
bottle
7
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Complian
ce
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
7.1
This unit shall be certified to meet
ISO9001 and ISO14971 and ISO
13485:2003/AC:2007 or Directive
93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it
or USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance
of this unit offered with any relevant
quality and safety standards MUST
be submitted with this TSF.
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training
for this equipment to enable operators
to use the equipment properly. The
training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment,
as well as routine checks and
maintenance expected by users.
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall
be 24 months after acceptance of the
Goods
Maintenance Service During
Warranty Period
Preventive and corrective maintenance
services during warranty period shall be
included.
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned
by the Supplier at the final
destination(s),
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed
operating and maintenance manuals and
technical information in the English
language
9
9.1
10
10.1
11
11.1
12
12.1
131
Qty
Unit of
Measure
ment
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement
of
Complian
ce
Deviati
on if
any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
132
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(13) Flexible nasopharyngoscope with Halogen light source
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31-13
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
4
Flexible naso-pharyngoscope with Halogen light
source
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A flexible naso-pharyngoscope come with a Halogen
light source
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply.
System Configurations
Flexible naso-pharyngoscope, 1unit
Halogen light source, 1 unit
Instrument tray,1 unit
Technical Specifications
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
Flexible
naso-pharyngoscope:
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information
here and provide technical data document for the
scope offered
It should be a fiberscope, consisting of thousands of
light fibres in a bundle.
Working length: 300 mm
Distal end (OD): 3.4 mm ; Insertion tube (OD): 3.6
mm
Bending section: Angulation Range
Up 130o / Down 130o
Length of A-Rubber section: 25 mm
Minimum bending radius: 20 mm
Field of view: 85°
Depth of focus: 5 - 50 mm
The visibility of the scope shall be clear under the
moist and humid environment. Bidder shall indicate
here the mechanism installed in the scope to enhance
the visibility under this condition.
Weight of the flexible naso-pharyngoscope: not more
than 250 grams.
Come with instrument tray preferably plastic
Halogen Light Source:
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information
here and provide technical data document for the light
source offered
Power of light source: 150 W
* The lamp shall be of Halogen or metal halide cold
lamp type of at least 150 watts with manual brightness
control
Colour temperature: 3250 K
Dimension should
(W × H × D) in mm:
approximately 220×74×290, approximately 5.0 kg
4.19
4.20
It should have a Protecting class of BF
Halogen Light Source should operate on a Power
supply 220-240 V AC
4.21
Come with an Optical Fibre Cable to be used with the
naso-pharyngoscope
5
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
133
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
134
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
5.1
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required
for the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of
any items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
One spare lamp should be supplied along with the
System separately
5.3
6
6.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
10.1
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
11
11.1
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier
at the final destination(s),
12
Documentation
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
12.1
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in the
English language
135
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
136
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(14) Mobile C-arm x-ray
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S
No.
3114
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Purchaser’ Specifications
Mobile C-arm x-ray
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A mobile C-arm x-ray for continuous fluoroscopy,
image storage and retrieval
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on single phase AC power supply.
System Configurations
Mobile C-arm x-ray, 1 unit
CD/DVD/RW drive, 1 unit
B/W thermal video printer, 1 unit
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.4
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information
here and provide technical data document for major
components specified above
4
4.1
4.2
Technical Specifications
X-Ray Generator
Microprocessor based, high frequency inverter
generator
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
Generator Output: not less than 2kW at 100kV
Fluoroscopic/ Radiographic KV range
Lower limit shall not exceed 40 KV
Higher limit shall not be less than 110 KV
Fluoroscopic mA range
Lower limit shall be ~0.1 mA
Upper limit shall be ~9 mA
X-Ray Tube
Rotating anode type
Single focal spot, shall not be more than 0.6 mm
Nominal voltage: 110 kV
Anode heat storage capacity not less than 300 KHU
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
4.23
4.24
4.25
Inherent filtration should be at least 3 mm Al equiv
Collimator
Operator controlled automatic collimation
C-Arm
Focus - I.I. Distance shall be at least 100 cm
Depth shall be ~ 75cm
Horizontal travel at least 200 mm
Vertical travel at least 450 mm
Orbital movement shall be ~125°
Swivel range shall be ~12°
Rotation about horizontal axis shall be more than
+/-180°
4.26 Image Intensifier
4.27 At least 23 cm input screen with direct coupling
with camera
4.28 Shall be at least 52 lp/ cm
4.29 Noise reduction, scattered light trap for high
contrast dynamics
4.30 CCD camera technology with ABC and AGC
control
4.31 TV Monitor
137
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
138
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.32 2 units LCD monitor side by side for live and
reference image
4.33 Shall be at least 43 cm with automatic brightness
control
4.34 Trolley for 2 display screens and with the
alphanumeric keyboard included
4.35 High resolution and anti-glare
4.36 Imaging Modes
4.37 Fluoroscopy mode shall have the following
facilities:
Continuous fluoroscopy with last image hold
Last image hold with at least two frames image
memory
4.38 Continuous fluoroscopy with image acquisition
rate: about 20 frame/second.
4.39 Hard disk with image storage capacity of at least
30000 images
RAM Memory of 256 images
Mosaic display of 16 images
Zoom (x 2)
Measures: at least distances, angles
Come with one unit of CD/DVD/RW drive
Come with one unit of B/W thermal video printer
printing on 110mm width thermal paper,
resolutions more than 300 dpi, 256 grey level. The
video printer can be placed on the monitor trolley
4.46 Sterilisable textile cover and clips, for the X-ray
tube and the I.I
4.40
4.41
4.42
4.43
4.44
4.45
4.47 Shall be operated on normal power supply at all
diagnostic and treatment area within hospital.
4.48 The system offered shall be a general
fluoroscopy/radiology system, it should be a nondigital; non-DICOM compatible type.
4.49 Indicate here other features and software functions
included in this offer
5
5.1
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
required for the proper operation of the above item
shall be included in the offer. Bidders shall specify,
in a separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and
details of any items included in this offer which
have not been specified in this Technical
Specifications Forms.
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified
in this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.3
Thermal paper 110mm width for B/W thermal
video printer, 2 rolls
6
6.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least
3 metres in length.
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007
or Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with this
TSF.
Warranty
9.1
The warranty period for this item shall be 24
months after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1 Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
11
Installation and Commissioning
11.1 It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
12
Documentation
139
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
140
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
12.1 It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in
the English language
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
141
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(15) X-ray machine 300mA
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S
No.
3115
Purchaser’ Specifications
X-ray machine 300mA
2
2.1
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A general X-ray machine 300mA with fixed height
table
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on single phase AC power supply.
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
System Configurations
X-ray Generator, 1unit
Control Console, 1unit
Radiography patient table, 1unit
Floor mounted bucky stand, 1 unit
Floor mounted tube stand & X-Ray Tube, 1unit
1
1.1
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
142
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.6
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for all major
components specified above.
4
4.1
4.2
Technical Specifications
X-ray Generator
Microprocessor based, high frequency inverter
generator, the generator shall have at least 40kHz.
Generator output: not less than 30 kW
Radiographic voltage range: 40 - 125KV with 1kV
adjustment.
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Radiographic mA : 10 - 300mA in 10 steps
mA range: 0.01 - 500 mA
Radiographic timing: min 0.001sec (1msec)
Anatomical Programmable Radiographic mode shall be
available.
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
Automatic Exposure Control shall be available
Overload protection device should be provided.
Power supply: 3 phase, 380-415V 50/60Hz
X-Ray Tube
X-ray tube rotating : +/-120°.
Large focus not more than 1.2 mm
Small focus not more than 0.6 mm
Maximum tube voltage 125 KV. Maximum tube output
shall match with the generator output of not less than
30 kW
4.17 Filtration: min 2.5mm Al equivalent
4.18 Cooling method passive or forced air and/or oil cooling
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
Anode rotating speed : not less than 3000rpm
Anode heat capacity shall not be less than 140 kHU.
Radiography patient table
Radiography table shall be fixed height, 4-way floating
top type with foot switch control.
4.23 Come with grid and cassette tray, with grid ratio: not
less than 12:1. Grid line number: 40 line/cm. Focus
distance: 115cm.
4.24 Cassette size: accept all sizes from cassette 13x18 cm
to 35x43 cm type
4.25 Table top to film distance: 7cm
4.26 Table top transverse movement : ±14cm
4.27 Table longitudinal movement : ± 29cm
4.28 Table top dimension: 2000 mm x 800 mm
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.29 Table movement arrested by electromagnetic brakes
4.30 Floor mounted bucky stand
4.31 Vertical travel: from 460-1700mm
4.32 Moving Grid with Grid ratio not less than 12:1. Grid
line number: 40 lines/cm.
4.33
4.34
4.35
4.36
4.37
4.38
4.39
4.40
4.41
4.42
4.43
4.44
4.45
4.46
4.47
4.48
Movement arrested by electromagnetic brakes
Floor mounted tube stand
Longitudinal travel: 1750mm
Vertical travel: from 630 -1850mm
Movement arrested by electromagnetic brakes
Rotation of tube arm around vertical axis: 1800;
lockable at 00 to +/- 900
Collimator
Manually adjustable
Manually selectable filters
Light localizer
Built-in light switch should be provided
Turning angle should be min +/- 45 degree
Halogen lamp
Control Console
Digital Display
Minimum 3 Point Exposure Technique
4.49 Status display, error display,
4.50 With single phase power supply
5
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
5.1 All standard accessories/consumables/parts required for
the proper operation of the above item shall be included
in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.2 All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
6
6.1
7
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
143
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
144
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
7.1
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent additional
Directives amending to it or USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1 Preventive and corrective maintenance services during
warranty period shall be included.
11 Installation and Commissioning
11.1 It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier
at the final destination(s),
12 Documentation
12.1 It must be supplied with service & installation manual,
operation and instruction manual, wiring and schematic
diagrams and parts listing
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
145
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(16) X-Ray Machine 500
mA, Fixed DR with film printer
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3116
X-Ray Machine 500 mA, Fixed DR with film printer
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A single detector direct digital radiography unit for
general radiology examinations with a film printer
Operational Requirements
It shall be suitable to be used for adult and paediatric
patients in general Radiography examination
System Configurations
X-ray Generator,1 unit
X-Ray tube & tube support system, 1 unit
Fixed multipurpose wall stand, 1 unit
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
146
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
Detector, 1 unit
Imaging Workstation, 1 unit
Diagnostic Workstation, 1 unit
Dry X-ray film printer, 1 unit
Intercom, 1 system
3.9
Worktable and chair, 1 set each for the imaging
workstation and diagnostic workstation,
Technical Specifications
X-ray Generator, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for X-ray
generator offered
With synchronization of the exposure parameters
between generator and imaging workstation to
document the post-exposure data.
Microprocessor based, high frequency inverter
generator, the generator shall have at least 50kHz.
* Generator Output: not less than 50 kW (500mA at
100kV)
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Radiographic voltage: 40 kV to 150kV, in 1kV step.
4.6
4.7
4.8
Radiographic current: 10 to 500mA
Exposure time: 0.001sec (1msec) - 7sec
Anatomical Programmable Radiographic mode shall be
available.
4.9
Manual & automatic exposure control and automatic
brightness control shall be available.
4.10 Shall come with overload protection device.
4.11 X-Ray tube & tube support system, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for X-ray tube
offered
4.12 It shall be ceiling-mounted, multi-directional
adjustment with synchronization control, autopositioning and auto-focusing of the X-ray tube and the
detector tray
4.13 Travel range:
Longitudinal: approximately 3000mm
Transverse: approximately 1500mm
4.14 Vertical adjustment: approximately 1500mm
4.15 X-ray tube rotations with positions lock at -90 to +90° :
Around vertical axis: -150 to +180°
Around horizontal axis: -120 to +120°
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.16 Large focus not more than 1.2 mm
4.17 Small focus not more than 0.6 mm
4.18 Maximum tube voltage 150 KV. Maximum tube output
shall match with the generator output of not less than 50
kW
4.19 Cooling method passive or forced air and/or oil cooling
4.20 The anode shall be a rotating anode, with a speed not
less than 3000rpm
4.21 Anode heat capacity shall not be less than 300 kHU.
4.22 It shall come with tube overload and overheat
protection.
4.23 Automatic collimator with automatic and manual
exposure field setting
4.24 Fixed multipurpose wall stand, 1 unit
4.25 The stand shall be fixed on the floor or on the floor and
wall with no horizontal movement needed.
4.26 The stand shall have the detector integrated with
motorised vertical movement range approximately from
300 -1700cm
4.27 The detector panel shall be tiltable from -20 to 90
degree with locking positions at any degree.
4.28 Flat panel receiver can be adjusted within –20~90
degrees, and locked in the standing position per 15
degrees
4.29 SID: any distance between 110-180cm. Bidder to
indicate the SID of the unit offered here.
4.30 With side supports or grips on both sides.
4.31 It shall synchronize the movement of X-ray tube and
flat detector. With centre alignment X-ray beam to the
centre of the detector.
4.32 The detector panel will be used for Radiographic
exposure of patient on the Radiography table.
4.33 Detector, 1 unit
4.34 TFT flat panel single-piece non-moving detector for
direct digital radiography.
4.35 Material: Caesium Iodide scintillator and/or amorphous
silicon.
4.36 Grid ratio: 8:1, 10:1 or 12:1, Grid lines: not less than 35
line/cm.
Bidder to indicate the ratio and line/cm of the unit
offered here.
147
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
148
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.37 Detector area: 43 x 43 cm. Bidder to indicate the
effective/ active area of the unit offered here.
4.38
4.39
4.40
4.41
4.42
4.43
4.44
Pixel size: <145 x 145um
Matrix size: 3000 x 3000 pixel
Resolution: 3.5 LP/mm
Image acquisition time: <7 seconds
Natural cooling
With dosage optimization
Radiography patient table, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for table offered
4.45 Patient table shall be height adjustment approximately
from 600 - 900mm, and mobile on castors with brakes
on each side
4.46 Radiography table top dimension: approximately 2200L
x 650 W mm with effective X-ray transparent area of
approximately 1750 x 650mm
4.47 It shall be a radio-transluscent floating table top with
load capacity of approximately 200kg
Table top transverse movement : ±6cm
Table longitudinal movement : ±40cm
Lying SID: 600-1100mm
Imaging Workstation, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for workstation
offered
4.52 The workstation shall be made by the same X-ray
machine manufacturer, generic workstation is not
acceptable.
4.53 * Dedicated imaging station with dedicated operation
system and software. Bidder shall indicate the
specification of the workstation offered here.
4.54 High resolution diagnostic grade black & white flickerfree anti-glare monitor, not less than 19 inches with
1024x1280 matrix & video refresh rate of >70Hz
4.48
4.49
4.50
4.51
4.55 With AEC, selection of anatomical and age programs,
selection of manual or automatic exposure.
4.56 Image display on monitor:
Preview: not more than 7 sec
Complete image: not more than 15 sec
4.57 Depth of image processing: not less than 16 bits
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.58 With dynamic range extension software, automatic
image range detection and editing
4.59 With image documentation and archiving software
4.60 With DICOM Work list, DICOM Print, DICOM
Storage
4.61 With quality assurance program (QAP)
4.62 * Bidder shall describe in detail the imaging software
and hardware here.
4.63 Come with free software upgrade within the lifespan of
the system.
Bidder must declare his compliance with this condition
here.
4.64 Diagnostic Workstation, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for workstation
offered
4.65 The workstation shall be made by the same X-ray
machine manufacturer, generic workstation is not
acceptable.
4.66 Bidder shall indicate the specification of the
workstation offered here.
4.67 High resolution diagnostic grade black & white flickerfree anti-glare monitor, not less than 19 inches with not
less than 1024x1280 matrix & video refresh rate of
>70Hz
4.68 * With dedicated operating system and all software
needed for x-ray images diagnosis, documentation,
reporting, archiving. Bidder shall specify in details all
software included here.
4.69 Shall support multiple print formats, including 1:1, 2:1,
4:1, 6:1, 9:1,12:1,16;1, 20:1, 24:1
4.70 * These diagnostic workstations shall be connected via
networking with the imaging workstation or the main
DR unit to facilitate transfer of images between the
main unit and the diagnostic workstations
4.71 Come with free software upgrade within the lifespan of
the system.
Bidder must declare his compliance with this condition
here.
4.72 Intercom, 1 system
149
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
150
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.73 One intercom system for communication between
examination room and control room
4.74 Dry X-ray film printer, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for printer offered
4.75 It is a direct thermal or laser imager that produces
14"x17", 14 x 14", 11"x14", 10 x 12" and 8 x 10"
dense, high-resolution images with 256 shades of grey,
in daylight without liquid chemicals.
4.76 Throughput: 100 sheets of 14" x 17" films /hour
4.77 Film size: shall have 2 film trays at a time with choice
of film sizes 35 x 43cm (14 x 17") , 14 x 14", 28 x
35cm (11 x 14"), 10 x 12" and 8 x 10" for selection.
4.78 Resolution: ≥ 320 ppi (pixels per inch) geometrical
resolution
4.79 Contrast: 12 bit contrast resolution
4.80 Film magazine: about 100 film sheets.
4.81 It shall connect with the digital x-ray machine via
DICOM standard. All accessories, software and labour
required for this connection shall be included in the
offer.
5
5.1
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required for
the proper operation of the above item shall be included
in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
6
6.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
7
Standards & Safety Requirements
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
7.1
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent additional
Directives amending to it or USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1 Preventive and corrective maintenance services during
warranty period shall be included.
11 Installation and Commissioning
11.1 It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier
at the final destination(s),
12 Documentation
12.1 It must be supplied with service & installation manual,
operation and instruction manual, wiring and schematic
diagrams and parts listing
151
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
152
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(17) Blood Culture System
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
Page no.
Bidder’s
of
S
Offer/
Deviation
Purchaser’ Specifications
catalogue/
No.
Statement of
if any
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
31- Blood Culture System
17
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
1
Description of Functions
1.1 * This automated microbiology system is for general
detection of microorganisms, including mycobacterium,
growth in blood and other body fluids.
2
2.1
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply in the laboratory
department.
3
3.1
System Configurations
Blood Culture System consist of the following major
components:
3.2
Control module, 1 unit
* Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for control module
offered here)
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
3.3
* Incubator to accommodate at least 200 vials, 1 unit
* Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for incubator
offered here
3.4
Built-in or stand-alone computer, 1 unit, for data
storage and reporting. The computer shall have a current
common specifications with 21" LCD colour display.
* Bidder shall specify in details specifications, indicate
brand and model information here and provide technical
data document for the computer offered here.
3.5
Laser printer black & white A4, 1 unit
* Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here
and provide technical data document for printer offered
here
4
4.1
Technical Specifications
Standards test method of fluorescence. (Bidder shall
indicate test method offered)
4.2
4.3
Sample volume of approximately 1 ~ 10 ml
* Continuous monitoring of microorganism growth
4.4
System shall have the general non-invasive continuous
detection capabilities to identify microorganism growth
and antibiotic susceptibility of 100 test capacity
4.5
* Shall have antibiotic inhibitory medium or technique to
increase the rate of detection.
4.6
4.7
With built in bar code reader
With audio-visual alarms for indication of positive
results and system errors.
It shall be an upgradeable system
4.8
4.9
With interfacing capabilities to external LIS or hospital
network or personal computer.
5
5.1
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required for
the proper operation of the above item shall be included
in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items included
in this offer which have not been specified in this
Technical Specifications Forms.
153
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
154
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning /lubrication
materials where applicable shall be included. Bidders
shall specify, in a separate Excel worksheet, the quantity
and details of any items included in this offer which have
not been specified in this Technical Specifications
Forms.
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
6
6.1
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent additional
Directives amending to it or USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
10 Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1 Preventive and corrective maintenance services during
warranty period shall be included.
11 Installation and Commissioning
11.1 It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier at
the final destination(s),
12 Documentation
12.1 It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in the
English language
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
155
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(18) Diathermy machine
(electrosurgical) 300W
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S
No.
3118
1
1.1
Purchaser’ Specifications
Diathermy machine (electrosurgical) 300W
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A 300W diathermy machine (electrosurgical unit)
2
2.1
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply in the operating
theatre
3
3.1
System Configurations
300W diathermy machine (electrosurgical unit), 1 unit
4
4.1
4.2
Technical Specifications
Nominal HF output : 300 Watts at ~400 Ohm
At least 2 modes of operation: mono-polar cutting and
mono-polar / bipolar coagulation.
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
156
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.3
Mono-polar cutting modes shall have different level of
effects from pure cutting to blend cutting (cutting with
haemostasis).
4.4
Come with 3 mono-polar coagulation modes - soft,
forced and spray
4.5
Desiccate mode for low voltage contact coagulation
suitable in delicate tissue work
4.6
Fulgurate mode for efficient non-contact coagulation
in most applications
4.7
Spray mode for coagulation large tissue areas with
minimum depth of necrosis
4.8
Come with 3 bipolar modes: precise, standard and
macro or equivalent.
4.9
Precise mode to have fine control of desiccation in
delicate tissue.
4.10 Standard mode for applications at low voltage to
prevent sparking.
4.11 Macro mode for applications on tissue with high
resistance.
4.12 Control panel with digital setting and display of
power of modes used
4.13 All mono-polar and bipolar modes shall be
controllable by hand switch and footswitch.
4.14 Bipolar mode can be activated by either foot pedal and
/ or auto coagulate by using forceps.
4.15 Footswitches shall be splash proof and unaffected by
common OR fluid spills, easy to clean, have suitable
mechanical protection against accidental pedal
depression and Switches shall not be susceptible to
sticking in the ON position.
4.16 Unit should have automatic power regulating feature
to always keep minimum current to the patient
throughout the procedures.
4.17 Shall come with Return Electrode Contact Quality
Monitors (RECQMs) to monitor the quality of
electrode-skin contact to eliminate the risk of patient's
burn. It shall give audio-visual alarm and deactivate
output if contact between patient and electrode is
loosened or disconnected.
4.18 Come with output Leakage controller.
4.19 Shall have over current protection
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.20 Shall be able to be activated from only one output at a
time.
4.21 Must have an undefeatable audible activation-tone
indicator/alarm.
4.22 The unit should have RF activation port to tell other
equipment like ECG or EEG that RF current is being
generated.
5
5.1
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required
for the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of
any items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.2
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified in
this Technical Specifications Forms.
5.3
The unit shall come with trolley well designed to fit
the generator with drawers for keeping the accessories
5.4
One unit/ set of explosion-protected foot pedal for
mono-polar and bipolar operation
5.5
Universal adapter to fit and use with most common
electrosurgical instruments/ hand pieces x 1 set.
Bidder shall indicate the brand of which the adapter is
compatible with
Come with reusable standard mono-polar pencil/
handle with 2 button switch - 1 unit Bidder must
specify the type, size of pencil offered
5.6
5.7
5.8
Reusable mono-polar cord x 1 set
Come with 2 types of reusable standard mono-polar
electrodes, 1 piece/ type of electrode. Bidder must
specify the type, size of electrodes offered
5.9
Come with 1 piece of reusable standard mono-polar
coagulation forceps
5.10 Come with 1 piece of reusable standard bipolar
forceps with hand switch
5.11 Reusable bipolar cord x 1 set
157
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
158
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
5.12 Reusable connecting cable for patient electrode x 1 set
5.13 Patient return electrode for Adult & Child, 50 pieces
each
6
6.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
10 Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1 Preventive and corrective maintenance services during
warranty period shall be included.
11 Installation and Commissioning
11.1 It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier
at the final destination(s),
12 Documentation
12.1 It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in the
English language
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
159
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31-(19) video gastroscope,
video duodenoscope & video colonoscope with camera system
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S
No.
3119
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
3.1
Bidder’s
Page no.
Offer/
of
Deviation
Statement
catalogue/
if any
of
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
Purchaser’ Specifications
video gastroscope, video duodenoscope
colonoscope with camera system
&
video
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A video endoscopy system include a gastroscope, a video
duodenoscope & a video colonoscope
Operational Requirements
The video endoscopy system, including camera system, all
video endoscopes and all other peripheral equipment
offered must be of the same BRAND and same
MANUFACTURER. All video endoscopes offered in this
TSF must also be able to share one common camera system
in order to promote sharing of such camera system and
hence increase its utilisation. All bidders must comply with
this condition.
System Configurations
Video Processor, 1 unit
160
S
No.
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
4
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
Colour video monitor, 1 unit
Xenon light source 300 watt, 1 unit
VCD/DVD Recorder, 1 unit
Endoscopy trolley, 1 unit
Video gastroscope, 1 unit
Video colonoscope, 1 unit
Video duodenoscope therapeutic, 1 unit
Suction Unit, 1 unit
Manual scope disinfector, 1 unit
Ultrasonic cleaner for endoscopic accessories, 1 unit
Technical Specifications
Video Processor, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
provide technical data document for the video processor
offered
The video processor offered shall be compatible with all
type of videoscopes offered in this tender. It shall be
compatible with all type of flexible endoscopes by using of
a suitable adapter.
Capable of storing about 40 pre-recorded patients data and
about 20 doctor's pre-set conditions
Video Output: 1x RGB, 1x VBS, 2 x Y/C
Video signal output: PAL, SECAM, NTSC
Shall be capable of freezing an endoscope image,
displaying stationary endoscopic images, with picture-inpicture (PiP) display function.
4.7
Adjustable colour tone and white balance of the endoscopic
images
4.8
A keyboard for data entry and control of the processor shall
be included.
4.9
With Automatic gain control (AGC) to allow the image to
be electrically amplified.
With edge enhancement to increase the sharpness of images
4.10 with at least 3 steps of setting from low to high.
With 2 structural enhancement modes to improve the
stereoscopic appearance and fine structural details of large
4.11 and small lesions with 3 steps settings from low to high.
Bidder’s
Page no.
Offer/
of
Deviation
Statement
catalogue/
if any
of
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
With electronic magnification to enlarge images, image size
4.12 selection and with iris focusing function
The video processor system and all endoscopes specified in
this TSF shall come with Narrow Band Imaging capabilities
4.13
to enhance the visibility of mucosal surfaces and capillaries.
It shall have HD-SDI and SD-SDI TV signal output to
4.14 allow high definition transfer of video images
4.15
With scope ID function to ease endoscope management
Colour video monitor, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
4.16 provide technical data document for the monitor offered
It shall be a full high definition LCD colour video monitor
for medical use with approximately 170 degree horizontal
4.17 and vertical viewing angle, 1920 x 1200 pixel, 16:10 ratio
or better, with colour tone calibrated to suit for displaying
endoscope images.
It have at least 25" of screen size with high contrast ratio of
4.18 approximately 1000 :1
With multiple HD inputs and output, such as HD/SD SDI,
4.19 Video, Y/C, Analogue RGB, External-Sync, HD15, DVI
and etc.
4.20 With picture-in-picture (PiP) display function.
4.21 With memory of about 20 user selectable settings
It shall be compatible with the video processor specified
4.22 above.
Xenon light source 300 watt, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
4.23 provide technical data document for the light source offered
4.24
The lamp shall be of Xenon type of at least 300watt.
It shall be compatible with narrow band imaging technology
4.25 and come with special filters
4.26 With white balance
4.27 With automatic brightness control.
4.28 There shall be at least 1 light outlet.
161
Bidder’s
Page no.
Offer/
of
Deviation
Statement
catalogue/
if any
of
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
162
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
The intensity of light shall be continuously adjustable. The
4.29 adjustment shall be in both Manual and AUTO mode.
The life span of the lamp shall be at least 500 hours with
4.30 lifespan indicator.
4.31 Shall come with a spare lamp.
The light source shall have an air pump (Please indicate
4.32 flow speed and number of step of speed adjustment here)
Come with a VCD/DVD Recorder
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
4.33 provide technical data document for the recorder offered
Come with a Colour Video Printer
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
4.34 provide technical data document for the video printer
offered
Come with an endoscopy trolley to hold the above items
with scope hanger for the endoscopes specified below. The
endoscopy trolley shall be made by the same endoscopy
4.35 system manufacturer.
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
provide technical data document for the trolley offered
The following videoscopes shall have the scope related data
stored in its memory chip, such as model, serial number,
4.36 cumulative use, maintenance records, warranty date, owner
information and etc. Bidder shall declare its compliance
here.
Video gastroscope, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
4.37 provide technical data document for the gastroscope offered
It optical system shall be compatible with and allow the
4.38 scope to perform narrow band imaging
4.39 Field of view: ~140 degree
4.40 Depth of field: ~2-100mm
4.41 Direction of view: 0 degree forward
Tip Deflection: approximately Up 200 deg., Down 100
4.42 deg., Right 120 deg , Left 120 deg
4.43 Distal outer diameter: ~9mm
4.44 Insertion tube outer diameter: ~9.5mm
4.45 Inner diameter of instrument channel: ~2.4mm
Bidder’s
Page no.
Offer/
of
Deviation
Statement
catalogue/
if any
of
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.46 Working length: ~1000mm
4.47 Total length: ~1300mm
Biopsy
forceps,
2
pcs
(one
type
each)
Bidder shall indicate types, sizes (working length, channel
4.48 size & etc.) and part number of each piece of these forceps
offered here.
4.49 Injection needle for oesophageal varices 2 sets
4.50 Bite Block, 1 piece per each scope
Video colonoscope, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
4.51 provide technical data document for the colonoscope
offered
It optical system shall be compatible with and allow the
4.52 scope to perform narrow band imaging
4.53 Field of view: ~140 degree
4.54 Depth of field: ~3-100mm
4.55 Direction of view: 0 degree forward
Tip Deflection: approximately Up 180 deg., Down 180
4.56 deg., Right 160 deg , Left 160 deg
4.57
4.58
4.59
4.60
4.61
4.62
4.63
4.64
4.65
4.66
4.67
4.68
4.69
4.70
Distal outer diameter: ~13mm
Insertion tube outer diameter: ~12mm
Inner diameter of instrument channel: ~3.5mm
Working length: ~1700mm
Total length: ~2000mm
Biopsy forceps, 2 pcs (one type each)
Bidder shall indicate types, sizes (working length, channel
size & etc.) and part number of each piece of these forceps
offered here.
Polypectomy snare 2 sets
Bite Block, 1 piece per each scope
Video duodenoscope therapeutic, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
provide technical data document for the duodenoscope
offered
It optical system shall be compatible with and allow the
scope to perform narrow band imaging
Field of view: ~100 degree
Depth of field: ~2-50mm
Direction of view: ~5 degree backward oblique
Tip Deflection: approximately Up 120 deg., Down 90 deg.,
Right 110 deg , Left 90 deg
4.71 Distal outer diameter: ~13mm
163
Bidder’s
Page no.
Offer/
of
Deviation
Statement
catalogue/
if any
of
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
164
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
4.72
4.73
4.74
4.75
4.76
4.77
Insertion tube outer diameter: ~11mm
Inner diameter of instrument channel: ~4mm
Working length: ~1200mm
Total length: ~1500mm
Forceps elevator: V-groove type or equivalent.
All accessories offered for the duodenoscope shall be
compatible with the V-groove forceps elevator or any
equivalent.
forceps,
2
pcs
(one
type
each)
4.78 Biopsy
Bidder shall indicate types, sizes (working length, channel
size & etc.) and part number of each piece of these forceps
offered here.
4.79 Foreign body removal forceps, 1 pc
4.80 Haemostasis injection needle, 1 pc
4.81 Haemostasis loops, 1 pc
4.82 Gastric Balloon Dilatation Device, 1 pc
4.83 Papillotomy knife, 1 pc
Single use triple lumen sphincterotomy V, regular tip, 7mm
4.84 distal tip, 25mm cutting wire, 1 set
4.85 Bite Block, 1 piece per each scope
Suction unit, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
4.86 provide technical data document for the Suction unit offered
Suction unit designed for endoscopic and surgical suction
with variable suction control, strong suction capability, with
4.87 a 2 litre Autoclaveable jars, Bidder shall indicate the suction
pressure here.
Manual scope disinfector, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
4.88 provide technical data document for the scope disinfector
offered
Washer/disinfector for disinfection of endoscopes, both
4.89 flexible and video endoscopes
4.90 The unit shall be mobile on castors
4.91 Dimension (width): 100mm x 500 x 900
4.92 Weight: ~30kg
Tray Capacity: min. 6 L
4.93
Bidder’s
Page no.
Offer/
of
Deviation
Statement
catalogue/
if any
of
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
Ultrasonic cleaner for endoscopic accessories, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model information here and
provide technical data document for the Ultrasonic cleaner
4.94
offered
The unit shall be specially designed for cleaning of
4.95 endoscopic accessories.
* Bidder shall indicate here the technical information,
4.96 which include frequency in kHz, capacity of tank and etc.
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
6
6.1
7
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required for the
proper operation of the above item shall be included in the
offer. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel worksheet,
the quantity and details of any items included in this offer
which have not been specified in this Technical
Specifications Forms.
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning /lubrication
materials where applicable shall be included. Bidders shall
specify, in a separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and
details of any items included in this offer which have not
been specified in this Technical Specifications Forms.
One set of the standard maintenance accessories, for
example, cleaning brushes, rubber seal, cleaning cap,
cleaning adapter silicone oil EO gas sterilisation venting
cap,
shall
be
included
for
each
scope.
* Bidder shall specify in details the quantity of each item
included in its offer.
Come with 2 boxes of 100 pieces colour video printing
paper,
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3 metres
in length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
165
Bidder’s
Page no.
Offer/
of
Deviation
Statement
catalogue/
if any
of
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
166
S
No.
7.1
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or Directive
93/42/EEC and its subsequent additional Directives
amending to it or USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety standards
MUST be submitted with this TSF.
8
8.1
8.2
9
9.1
10
10.1
11
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this equipment
to enable operators to use the equipment properly. The
training shall include the use of all operational functions of
the equipment, as well as routine checks and maintenance
expected by users.
In this case the user training should include hands on
training of sufficient duration (min. 1 week) for up to 2
persons per machine & per endoscope at a suitable location,
including traveling and per diem cost of Purchaser’s
personnel if applicable.
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months after
acceptance of the Goods
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
Preventive and corrective maintenance services during
warranty period shall be included.
Installation and Commissioning
11.1 It shall be installed and commissioned by the Supplier at the
final destination(s),
12 Documentation
12.1 It must be supplied with detailed operating and maintenance
manuals and technical information in the English language
Bidder’s
Page no.
Offer/
of
Deviation
Statement
catalogue/
if any
of
datasheet/
Compliance
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
167
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31 - (20) Flat Panel Digital
Subtraction Angiography System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
1
1.1
2
2.1
3
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
A multipurpose flat panel digital subtraction
Angiography X-ray system for Radiology and
Neurology intervention in the Radiology
department.
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply.
System Configurations
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
168
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
3.1
Flat panel digital subtraction Angiography X-ray
system, 1 unit
3.4
CD recording and archival, 1 unit
Integrated 3D Angiography workstation, 1 unit
Ceiling suspended adjustable Lead glass shielding
at tableside, 1 unit
3.5
Hemodynamic physiology monitor for DSA use,
1 unit
3.2
3.3
3.6
3.7
3.8
Single head pressure injector suitable for
angiography procedures including aortography, 1
unit
DICOM dry laser camera minimum 600 dpi
resolution, 1 unit
UPS for digital system, capacity sufficient to
support 30 minutes of operation time & stabilizer
for the complete lab, 1 unit
Lead Glass 100*120 cm, 1 piece
3.10 Lead apron, 6 pieces
3.11 Thyroid shield, 6 pieces
Lead goggles, 3 pieces
Bidder shall indicate brand and model
3.13 information here and provide technical data
document for major components specified above
3.9
4
4.1
4.2
Technical Specifications
Bidders shall offer the most recent advanced high
end models from the leading manufacturer only.
Any deviation in this regard would make the bid
to be rejected technically.
Gantry:
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
169
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
Ceiling mounted gantry providing full body
coverage without repositioning of patient. Gantry
should have 0, 90, -90 deg working positions for
easy operation from 3 sides of the patient. Facility
for motorized positioning/rotation of stand from
the ceiling pivot by +/-90 degrees for improved
workflow and for ease of operation from both left
and right side of the patient in addition to zero
degree normal head end position. Patient access
should be possible from either left or right side.
25 deg/sec or higher rotation speed with noncontact sensing mechanism (no collision
protection switches). Gantry rotation/ angulation
+/- 120 deg and +/- 90 deg respectively
The system should have capability of memorizing
at least 2 positions for easy recall of gantry
positions for PTAs (Percutaneous transluminal
angioplasty or intervention).
The throat depth of the gantry should be 100cm
or more for better groin access.
Table:
Motorized up/down, free floating 4 way table top,
least radiation attenuation, at least 200 kg + at
least 100kgs of additional weight for resuscitation
in the metal free overhang area without having to
retract the table back on its base.
Table should have tilt facility to enhance the
accuracy and efficiency of gravity-oriented
procedures.
4.9 At least +/- 15deg tilt should be possible.
4.10 Detector:
A 30x40cm rectangular detector that can be
rotated by 90 degrees for better flexibility and
4.11 projection angles depending upon area of interest.
Flat Detector of latest generation, the digital
output of the flat detector should be is 2k*2.5k
4.12 image matrix at 14 bits depth for the largest
mode.
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
170
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
4.13 System should have at least six imaging modes.
DQE of the entire detector should be more than
4.14 70%, higher preferred:
Min Pixel pitch of at least 160 micrometre lower
4.15 preferred for better resolution
4.16 Image Processing & Storage:
System should have a fully digital 2K image
4.17 processing for improved detailed visualization of
small structures.
System should have storage capability of at least
4.18 50,000 images at matrix size of 1024 x 1024,
4.19 Advanced image processing technique for
4.20 a) Real Time Edge Enhancement
4.21 b) Real Time Harmonisation
c) Real Time Noise reduction and Dose
4.22 Correction Algorithms
Availability of Vascular analysis software both in
4.23 examination room and console room.
System should be capable of virtual collimation
4.24 of the shutters and wedges in the last image to
reduce the x-ray dose.
Grab function to allow storage and archiving of
4.25 fluoro image.
4.26 X- ray Generator and X-ray Tube:
The system should have microprocessor
4.27 controlled 100KW high frequency convertor
generator.
4.28 Voltage range :40 to 125KV
4.29 Nominal Power: At least 100kW.
Pulsed X-ray for (subtracted) acquisition up to 6
4.30 frames/s for vascular applications
Fluoroscopy should be possible in low frame
4.31 rates up to 3.75fr/sec.
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
171
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
A noise-free, oil cooled, dual focus rotating anode
x-ray tube with spiral groove bearing technology
4.32 and fluid lubricant for faster cooling should be
provided.
Minimum Anode Heat Capacity: 2.4 MHU or
4.33 more.
Cooling rate or Anode Heat Dissipation of x-ray
4.34 tube should be more 500 kHU.
4.35
X-ray tube should have secondary grid switching.
System should be capable of delivering minimum
4.36 3200W continuous fluoro power.
Additional beam filtration of at least 1.0 mm Cu
equivalent. Different filter sizes to be freely
4.37 selectable at the table side for any patient weight
for maximum radiation safety to staff and patients
Virtual collimation of shutters and filters on the
4.38 last image to reduce extra radiation for
positioning of shutters.
System should have road mapping facility
wherein subtracted roadmap is superimposed on
4.39 live fluoroscopy. It should be possible to select
different roadmap protocols depending upon the
anatomy and procedure type.
Overlaying of live fluoroscopy image over
4.40 reference image with fade-in and fade-out
capability.
Parallel display of live and roadmap image for
4.41 optimal guide-wire navigation.
4.42 Monitors:
Two monitors of at least 18” size TFT/LCD
live reference and subtracted image with high
resolution flicker free display should be
provided in the examination room . The monitor
4.43
carriage in the exam room should move over a
wide range longitudinally and transversally for
better viewing.
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
172
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
A motorized up-down movement of the monitor
4.44 carriage will be preferred.
An at least 18” TFT slave monitor should be
4.45 provided in the console room for live images.
Additional monitor for patient database is must
4.46 for user friendly patient entry without inhibiting
live fluoroscopy viewing on slave monitor .
All intervention tools necessary for Radiology
and Neurology shall be included. Bidder must
4.47 indicate all such tools which have been included
in the offer here.
3D rotational angiography system shall be
4.48 included.
System should have an integrated 3D
workstation to for reconstruction of images in
4.49 3D and display of 3D images and control in
examination with following advanced features
•Reconstructive zoom
•Automated vessel analysis
•Virtual stenting
•Aneurysm analysis
•Catheter tip shaping
•CalciView
•SpineView
Soft Tissue Imaging: CT option to visualize soft
tissue by rotational scan of the cathlab gantry.
4.57 The CT 3D volume can be viewed in control
room and examination room also.
4.50
4.51
4.52
4.53
4.54
4.55
4.56
Contrast resolution for soft tissue imaging should
4.58 be up to 5HU.
Subtracted Bolus Chase: For visualisation of
lower peripheral vessel structures wherein the
4.59 contrast bolus is followed interactively by a
motorized table scan movement.
Better Stent Viewing HW and SW or equivalent
to significantly improve localized stent visibility
4.60 in addition to inbuilt software for stent visibility
improvement.
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
173
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
Stent Boost should have capability of showing
4.61 fade in-fadeout of lumen for better stent visibility
in relation to coronary artery wall.
3D road mapping to reduce contrast and time,
should allow overlay of real-time 2D fluoro
4.62 images on the 3D vessel image to see the
advancement of the guide wire, catheter and coils
on the 3D volume in real time.
System should have software to Percutaneous
needle guided biopsies, drainages etc. by creating
virtual paths on CT datasets. It should be possible
4.63 to overlay live fluoro in real time on CT image to
see the progression of the needle to the target
area.
It should be possible to do automatic dual axis
rotation wherein both rotation and angulation
4.64 movements are combined in one single scan
trajectory to reduce the x-ray dose and contrast
required for doing an angio procedure.
Electrophysiology tools with the following
4.65 functions shall be included:
The system should be capable of providing 3D
image of the heart based on both techniques i.e.
4.66 from pre interventional CT image and also from
an actual 3D rotational angiography acquisition in
the cathlab.
The 3D segmentation of different heart structures
should be automatic. It should be possible to
select the 3D anatomy like left atrium and overlay
4.67 it on live fluoroscopy image. The 3D image
should move in real time and in sync with the xray system gantry rotation to help viewing the
best projection.
4.68 CD recording and archival, 1 unit
DICOM 3.0 based CD recording for recording on
4.69 CD. CD review of DICOM CD's.
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
174
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
4.70 System should have ability to record DSA runs
on the CD and the embedded viewer should
support review of these DSA runs at referring
physicians PC.
4.71 Angiography workstation, 1 unit
4.72 The workstation provided should have the ability
to view CT and MR images also.
4.73 Ceiling suspended adjustable Lead glass
shielding at tableside, 1 unit
4.74 Hemodynamic physiology monitor for DSA
use, 1 unit
4.75 The monitoring system capable of monitoring 2
invasive pressures and 3 lead ECG. Other
functions should include NIBP, SPO2
measurements.
4.76 Single head pressure injector, 1 unit, suitable
for angiography procedures including
aortography
4.77 DICOM dry laser camera minimum 600 dpi
resolution, 1 unit
4.78 UPS for digital system, 1 unit, capacity
sufficient to support 30 minutes of operation time
& stabilizer for the complete lab
5
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
required for the proper operation of the above
item shall be included in the offer. Bidders shall
specify, in a separate Excel worksheet, the
quantity and details of any items included in this
offer which have not been specified in this
Technical Specifications Form.
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate
Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of any
items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Form.
Lead Glass 100*120 cm, 1 piece
Lead apron, 6 pieces
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
175
Purchaser’ Specifications
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
S
No.
31 (20)
Flat Panel Digital Subtraction Angiography
System with Pressure Injector including
Accessories
5.5
5.6
6
6.1
Thyroid shield, 6 pieces
Lead goggles, 3 pieces
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
8
8.1
9.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the
equipment properly. The training shall include the
use of all operational functions of the equipment,
as well as routine checks and maintenance
expected by users.
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24
months after acceptance of the Goods
10
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
9
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at
least 3 metres in length.
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007
or Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or
USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with
this TSF.
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
10.1 during warranty period shall be included.
Installation and Commissioning
It shall be installed and commissioned by the
11.1 Supplier at the final destination(s),
11
Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
12.1 maintenance manuals and technical information
in the English language
12
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
176
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31 - (21) Flat Panel Digital
Fluoroscopy
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S
No.
30 (21)
1
1.1
Purchaser’ Specifications
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
It is a Radiography / Fluoroscopy X-ray unit with
DSA function.
2
2.1
3
3.1
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power supply.
System Configurations
Flat panel digital Fluoroscopy X-ray unit, , 1 unit
3.2
Ceiling suspended adjustable Lead glass
shielding at tableside, 1 unit
3.3
Workstation, 1 unit
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
30 (21)
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
3.4
Dry chemistry printer (minimum 600 dpi)
capable of multiple size films up to
14”x17”networked to the system , 1 unit
3.5
Flicker free slim film viewer with viewing area
140W x 43H cm, 1 unit
3.6
Featherlite Lead wrap around jacket, 6 pieces.
3.7
Featherlite Lead wrap around skirt or frock, 6
pieces.
3.8
3.9
Thyroid shields , 6 pieces
Lead goggles, 3 pieces
Lead Glass viewing window 100cmx120 cm , 1
unit
3.10 UPS 150 KVA with 15 minutes back up, 1 unit
Bidder shall indicate brand and model
3.11 information here and provide technical data
document for major components specified above
4
Technical Specifications
4.1
An advanced remote controlled 1000mA digital
multipurpose fluoro-radiography system. The
equipment should be capable of performing all
plain and contrast radiography. It should have
facility for DSA for interventional procedures.
Latest version of the quoted machine and
accessories available at time of acceptance of
tender is to be supplied by the firm. The system
should have the following essential features :
4.2
It shall be able to perform chest Radiography
examination.
4.3
Minimum Specifications : The system will
comprise Dynamic Flat Panel based remote
controlled Digital Fluoroscopy and Radiography
machine with high frequency generator, rotating
anode X-ray tube, and motorized table along with
viewing monitors and dry chemistry printer. It
should have a cassette-less design with instant
availability of image for streamlined workflow.
4.4
X-ray generator : High frequency generator with
microprocessor control and touch screen
operation for multiprogramming and having high
dose yield with following parameters :
177
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
178
S
No.
30 (21)
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
Radiography:
Maximum mA output: not less than 1000mA.
KV Range : 40-150 KV
Power: not less than 80 kW
Automatic exposure control for Radiography.
Fluoroscopy:
Frame rate : 15 or more/sec in 1Kx1K 12 bit
4.11
matrix.
4.12 KV range : 40-150KV
4.13 Automatic dose rate control.
Pulsed fluoroscopy should be available at various
4.14
rates.
4.15
Facility for digitally recording fluoroscopy runs
1Kx1K 12 bit resolution.
4.16
Digital Detector for Fluoroscopy and Direct
Radiography:
Type: Selenium based (a-se) direct-conversion
4.17 Flat Panel detector or a SI TFT array with Csl
scintillator.
Size : Digital detector size not less than 43 x 43
4.18 cm. Largest possible detector size must be
offered.
Image acquisition matrix : 2.8Kx2.8K or higher.
Pixel Size: not more than 150 um (micrometer)
Bit depth : 12 bits or higher.
X-ray Tube features :
At least an 80 KW X-Ray tube with dual focal
4.23
spots.
4.19
4.20
4.21
4.22
4.24 Rotating anode with a speed of >3000 rpm
Anode heat storage capacity should be not less
4.25
than 300 kHU.
4.26
Tube assembly coupled with the patient’s couch
for coordinated movements.
4.27 Collimator:
Motorized multi-leaf collimator. Wedge filters
4.28 and copper filters of different thickness must be
available.
4.29
Anatomical Programme based on auto filter
selection facility.
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
30 (21)
Purchaser’ Specifications
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
Integrated Dose Area Product chamber for Kerma
4.30 and Patient entrance dose calculation with display
on console and live image.
4.31 Table:
200 x 70 cm or larger, scratch resistant table top
4.32 with 150kg or higher load carrying capacity in all
positions.
Motor driven table tilt or C-Arm movement for
covering head to toe imaging. It should have soft
4.33 start and stop with digital display of tilt angle.
Facility of auto stop in Horizontal position is
required.
Motorized table top movement in longitudinal
axis (>-100 cm) and transverse axis (>=20 cm).
4.34 Motorized detector movement of 100 cm or more
along long axis of table. Motorized height
adjustment of the table should be available.
4.35
Remotely operated compression device with
safety features.
Footrest attachment should be possible at
4.36 multiple positions of the table. The footrest shall
be included in the offer.
4.37 Operator console and image system:
Remote operating console for table and system
control. Table side controls in examination room.
4.38
Console table to be included Intercom system to
communicate with the patients.
Anatomical pre-sets for radiography and
fluoroscopy along with optimized post processing
4.39 and filter selection. Image processing functions :
Black/inversion, windowing, edge enhancement,
text input, roaming.
4.40
High speed processor based on Windows
operating platform.
Storage of 2000 full resolution and 10,000
fluoroscopy images in 1Kx1K 12 bit matrix and
4.41
Radiography image matrix of 2.8Kx2.8K 12 bit.
Display matrix should be 1024x1024.
179
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
180
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
30 (21)
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
4.42
Image stitching for long legs/spine images
facility to be available.
Fluoroscopy loops recording facility of up to 15
4.43 frames/sec Fully DICOM 3.0 compliant with
built in CD/DVD recording.
All available DICOM service classes including
4.44 work list, MPPS, query/retrieve, Print, Storage,
commitment, CD/DVD burner are to be available.
4.45
Full connectivity with Hospital/Radiology
network is to be provided.
4.46 Image storage with last image hold.
4.47 Footswitch for fluoroscopy.
4.48 Digital subtraction angiography package.
Multiple image display of 16 images and 4
4.49
images.
4.50 Alphanumeric patient data input.
Monitors: Three ultrahigh resolution, high
definition monitors 19” LCD or more with
minimum output of 500 Cd/m2 for high contrast,
4.51
distortion free image display- separately for the
live and reference images. Two monitors to be
ceiling suspended and one on control console.
4.52
The following peripheral equipment shall be
included:
4.53
Ceiling suspended adjustable Lead glass
shielding at tableside, 1 unit
4.54 Workstation, 1 unit
The images from the console to be transferred to
a softcopy reporting workstation in DICOM
format. The workstation will have two 3MP
medical grade monitors in portrait orientation and
4.55 networked to the supplier printer. It should be
possible to transfer and view DICOM images
from other modalities. CD/DVD recording along
with fast processor and storage capacity of at
least 20,000 full resolution radiography images.
Dry chemistry printer (minimum 600 dpi)
4.56 capable of multiple size films up to
14”x17”networked to the system , 1 unit
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
30 (21)
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
4.57
Flicker free slim film viewer with viewing area
140W x 43H cm, 1 unit
The film viewer with viewing area of 140W x
43H cm. Luminance: 1500 cd/m2. Film holder at
4.58
the upper and lower edge of the viewing area.
Colour temperature: approx. 6200 kelvin.
4.59 UPS 150 KVA with 15 minutes back up, 1 unit
5
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
All standard accessories/consumables/parts
required for the proper operation of the above
item shall be included in the offer. Bidders shall
5.1 specify, in a separate Excel worksheet, the
quantity and details of any items included in this
offer which have not been specified in this
Technical Specifications Form.
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate
5.2 Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of any
items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Form.
5.3
5.4
Featherlite Lead wrap around jacket, 6 pieces.
Featherlite Lead wrap around skirt or frock, 6
pieces.
5.5
5.6
Thyroid shields , 6 pieces
Lead goggles, 3 pieces
5.7
Lead Glass viewing window 100cmx120 cm , 1
unit
6
6.1
7
7.1
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at
least 3 metres in length.
Standards & Safety Requirements
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001
and ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007
or Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or
USFDA approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this
unit offered with any relevant quality and
safety standards MUST be submitted with
this TSF.
181
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
182
S
No.
30 (21)
8
8.1
9
9.1
10
10.1
11
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
Flat Panel Digital Fluoroscopy
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the
equipment properly. The training shall include
the use of all operational functions of the
equipment, as well as routine checks and
maintenance expected by users.
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24
months after acceptance of the Goods
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
Installation and Commissioning
11.1 It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
12 Documentation
It must be supplied with detailed operating and
12.1 maintenance manuals and technical information
in the English language
Bidder’s Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Page no.
of
Deviation
catalogue/
if any
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
183
Technical Specifications Form:
Specification & Statement of Compliance, 31 - (22) Motorised high
frequency portable digital X-ray
Bidders are to offer a standard production model most closely matching the specification below and
provide details of the offer. The offer must be for brand new equipment.
These specifications are for the minimum requirement. Bidders may offer higher specifications but
they are to highlight these in the Statement of Compliance column. Units are to be stated using the SI
system. For example length in metres (m). Multiples and sub-multiples to be used are: 106 mega (M);
103 kilo (k); 10-3milli (m) and 10-6 micro (μ).
Bidders must enter their offered specifications against each parameter of this Technical
Specifications Form (TSF), comment as necessary, and sign and stamp each page. Failure to
complete this statement of compliance may result in the offer being rejected. A Bidder who enters
texts such as "Yes", "Complied", "Better", "Refer to catalogue", and directly copying the
Purchaser's descriptions, leaving any parameter line blank and/or submit any text or content of
this nature may result in the offer being rejected.
The Statement of Compliance must be substantiated with authenticated catalogue/data sheet/
manual with the page number of original catalogue/datasheet/manual of the relevant parameters
indicated.
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31 (22)
Motorised high frequency portable digital X-ray
1
1.1
Manufacturer:
Brand:
Type/Model:
Country of Origin:
Description of Functions
It is a motorised high frequency portable digital flat
panel X-ray machine
2
2.1
Operational Requirements
It shall operate on AC power as well as built-in
battery
3
3.1
System Configurations
Motorised high frequency portable digital X-ray
machine, 1 unit
4
4.1
4.2
Technical Specifications
X-ray generator:
Type: High frequency
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
184
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31 (22)
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
Motorised high frequency portable digital X-ray
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
4.19
4.20
4.21
Detector size: 35 cm x 43 cm (14" x 17")
Image matrix size: > 3000 X 2300 pixel
Pixel size: approximately 140 - 150 um
Image resolution: more than 30 lp/cm
MTF (%) at 1.0 Lp/mm: > 65
Battery:
Come with internal Lithium ion battery with battery
indicator.
Power: not less than 40 KW
KV range: 40 – 150 kV in steps of 1 kV
mA range: 10 to 500 mA
mA range: 0.1 – 500 mA
Exposure time: 0.001 – 10 s
X-ray Tube:
Focal spot: dual focal spots of 0.7 & 1.3mm
Heat storage capacity: 300 KHU
Max Voltage: 150 KV
With tube overload protection
Detector:
Type: CsI flat detector
4.22 Battery charging time: less than 4 hours to fully
charged
4.23 Battery operating time: 2 hours typical at 100
images/hour
4.24
4.25
4.26
4.27
4.28
4.29
4.30
Grid:
Type: click on, fixed grid 40 lines/cm
Orientation: Landscape or portrait
Collimator:
Type: manual, with light field indicator
Rotation: ± 120°
Filters: built in filter disk, with more than 2.5
Aluminium equivalent, for manual filter selection:
• No filter
• 0.2 mm Cu + 1 mm AL
• 0.1 mm Cu + 1 mm AL
• 2 mm AL
4.31 With Laser light alignment at fixed SID.
4.32 With manual SID indication.
4.33 Dose Area product meter:
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31 - Motorised high frequency portable digital X-ray
(22)
4.34 The Dose Area Product meter should measure the Xray dose output at the collimator and reports the
measured Dose Area Product (mGy*m2) to the
DICOM header of the image.
4.35 Image processing subsystem & operator's
console:
4.36 1) Hardware:
4.37 RAM storage capacity : >= 4 Gbyte
4.38 Local storage: typically 4000 images
4.39 With image storage on CD-R/ DVD-R
4.40 Start-up time: Less than 3 minutes
4.41 Monitor: LCD colour touch-screen monitor, not less
than 15''.
4.42 2) Image processing:
4.43 With automatic detection of exposed area (autoshuttering)
4.44 With pre-defined, anatomically specific processing
sets
4.45
4.46
4.47
4.48
With customizable processing sets
With image rotation and mirroring
3) Connectivity:
Come with DICOM Storage / Commit, DICOM
BWLM, DICOM MPPS, DICOM print & DICOM
Grayscale Standard Display
4.49
4.50
4.51
4.52
4) System functionality:
With fully customizable patient work list
With examination related pre-configured views
All generator settings automatically as well as
manually possible
4.53 Collimator set automatically according to
examination
4.54 Pre-filter settings automatically as well as manually
possible
4.55 Manual input possibility for patient data
4.56 Automatic as well as fully customizable film
labelling possible
4.57 Generator Control: integrated into work spot
software and with more than 500 pre-programmable
APRs
185
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
186
S
No.
Section VI Schedule of Requirements
Purchaser’ Specifications
31 - Motorised high frequency portable digital X-ray
(22)
4.58 Should be possible to perform an exam with just
three clicks on the user interface
4.59 Paediatric friendly dose management:
4.60 With filters built-in to the collimator without having
to carry filters.
4.61 Short exposure time: 1 ms
5
Accessories, Spare Parts and Consumables
5.1 All standard accessories/consumables/parts required
for the proper operation of the above item shall be
included in the offer. Bidders shall specify, in a
separate Excel worksheet, the quantity and details of
any items included in this offer which have not been
specified in this Technical Specifications Form.
5.2
6
6.1
All standard Maintenance tools and cleaning
/lubrication materials where applicable shall be
included. Bidders shall specify, in a separate Excel
worksheet, the quantity and details of any items
included in this offer which have not been specified
in this Technical Specifications Form.
Operating Environment
Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with
appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3
metres in length.
7
7.1
Standards & Safety Requirements
8
8.1
User Training:
The Supplier shall conduct user training for this
equipment to enable operators to use the equipment
properly. The training shall include the use of all
operational functions of the equipment, as well as
routine checks and maintenance expected by users.
9
9.1
Warranty
The warranty period for this item shall be 24 months
after acceptance of the Goods
This unit shall be certified to meet ISO9001 and
ISO14971 and ISO 13485:2003/AC:2007 or
Directive 93/42/EEC and its subsequent
additional Directives amending to it or USFDA
approval.
Certificates showing the compliance of this unit
offered with any relevant quality and safety
standards MUST be submitted with this TSF.
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
S
No.
Purchaser’ Specifications
31 (22)
10
Motorised high frequency portable digital X-ray
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
10.1 Preventive and corrective maintenance services
during warranty period shall be included.
11 Installation and Commissioning
11.1 It shall be installed and commissioned by the
Supplier at the final destination(s),
12 Documentation
12.1 It must be supplied with detailed operating and
maintenance manuals and technical information in
the English language
187
Bidder’s
Offer/
Statement of
Compliance
Deviation
if any
Page no.
of
catalogue/
datasheet/
manual
188
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
4. Drawings
These Bidding Documents do not include drawings.
Section VI. Schedule of Requirements
5. Inspections and Tests
The following inspections and tests shall be performed:
A technical inspection team, at the option of the Purchaser, may conduct all or some of the
following activities to verify the compliance of the offered goods as per specifications;
 visit the manufacturing site as required and confirm the manufacturing process to the required
standards or certifications
 verify the products before shipment (pre shipment inspection)
 verify the products after arrival to the destination (post shipment inspection)
 verify the products after arrival and successful installation and commissioning (acceptance
inspection)
 Technical trials or lab tests may be conducted for any equipment or instruments in case of any
doubts on the quality against the specification
All costs of installation, operation, demonstration, technical assistance, inspections and tests shall
be borne by the bidder, excepting those incurred for the salary and the travel costs of the technical
inspection team.
189
190
PART 3 - Contract
PART 3 - Contract
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
191
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
Table of Clauses
1. Definitions ................................................................................................................................... 192
2. Contract Documents..................................................................................................................... 193
3. Fraud and Corruption ................................................................................................................... 193
4. Interpretation ................................................................................................................................ 194
5. Language ...................................................................................................................................... 195
6. Joint Venture, Consortium or Association ................................................................................... 195
7. Eligibility ..................................................................................................................................... 195
8. Notices ......................................................................................................................................... 195
9. Governing Law ............................................................................................................................ 195
10. Settlement of Disputes ................................................................................................................. 195
11. Inspections and Audit by the Bank .............................................................................................. 196
12. Scope of Supply ........................................................................................................................... 196
13. Delivery and Documents.............................................................................................................. 196
14. Supplier’s Responsibilities........................................................................................................... 196
15. Contract Price .............................................................................................................................. 196
16. Terms of Payment ........................................................................................................................ 196
17. Taxes and Duties .......................................................................................................................... 197
18. Performance Security ................................................................................................................... 197
19. Copyright ..................................................................................................................................... 197
20. Confidential Information ............................................................................................................. 198
21. Subcontracting ............................................................................................................................. 198
22. Specifications and Standards ....................................................................................................... 199
23. Packing and Documents............................................................................................................... 199
24. Insurance ...................................................................................................................................... 199
25. Transportation .............................................................................................................................. 199
26. Inspections and Tests ................................................................................................................... 199
27. Liquidated Damages .................................................................................................................... 200
28. Warranty ...................................................................................................................................... 201
29. Patent Indemnity .......................................................................................................................... 201
30. Limitation of Liability.................................................................................................................. 202
31. Change in Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................. 202
32. Force Majeure .............................................................................................................................. 203
33. Change Orders and Contract Amendments .................................................................................. 203
34. Extensions of Time ...................................................................................................................... 204
35. Termination .................................................................................................................................. 204
36. Assignment .................................................................................................................................. 205
37. Export Restriction ........................................................................................................................ 205
192
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
Definitions
1.1
The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby
assigned to them:
(a)
“Bank” means the World Bank and refers to the International
Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) or the
International Development Association (IDA).
(b)
“Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into
between the Purchaser and the Supplier, together with the
Contract Documents referred to therein, including all
attachments, appendices, and all documents incorporated by
reference therein.
(c)
“Contract Documents” means the documents listed in the
Contract Agreement, including any amendments thereto.
(d)
“Contract Price” means the price payable to the Supplier as
specified in the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions
and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be
made pursuant to the Contract.
(e)
“Day” means calendar day.
(f)
“Completion” means the fulfillment of the Related Services by
the Supplier in accordance with the terms and conditions set
forth in the Contract.
(g)
“GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract.
(h)
“Goods” means all of the commodities, raw material,
machinery and equipment, and/or other materials that the
Supplier is required to supply to the Purchaser under the
Contract.
(i)
“Purchaser’s Country” is the country specified in the Special
Conditions of Contract (SCC).
(j)
“Purchaser” means the entity purchasing the Goods and
Related Services, as specified in the SCC.
(k)
“Related Services” means the services incidental to the supply
of the goods, such as insurance, installation, training and initial
maintenance and other such obligations of the Supplier under
the Contract.
(l)
“SCC” means the Special Conditions of Contract.
(m)
“Subcontractor” means any natural person, private or
government entity, or a combination of the above, to whom
any part of the Goods to be supplied or execution of any part
of the Related Services is subcontracted by the Supplier.
(n)
“Supplier” means the natural person, private or government
entity, or a combination of the above, whose bid to perform the
Contract has been accepted by the Purchaser and is named as such
Section VIII. General Conditions of Contract
193
in the Contract Agreement.
(o)
“The Project Site,” where applicable, means the place named
in the SCC.
Contract Documents
2.1
Subject to the order of precedence set forth in the Contract
Agreement, all documents forming the Contract (and all parts
thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary, and mutually
explanatory. The Contract Agreement shall be read as a whole.
Fraud and
Corruption
3.1
If the Purchaser determines that the Supplier and/or any of its
personnel, or its agents, or its Subcontractors, consultants, service
providers, suppliers and/or their employees has engaged in corrupt,
fraudulent, collusive, coercive or obstructive practices, in competing
for or in executing the Contract, then the Purchaser may, after giving
14 days notice to the Supplier, terminate the Supplier's employment
under the Contract and cancel the contract, and the provisions of
Clause 35 shall apply as if such expulsion had been made under SubClause 35.1.
(a)
For the purposes of this Sub-Clause:
(i)
“corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving or
soliciting, directly or indirectly, of anything of value to
influence improperly the actions of another party6;
(ii)
“fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including
a misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly
misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain a
financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation7;
(iii)
“collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or
more parties8 designed to achieve an improper purpose,
including to influence improperly the actions of
another party;
(iv)
“coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or
threatening to impair or harm, directly or indirectly,
any party or the property of the party to influence
improperly the actions of a party9;
(v)
“obstructive practice” is
(aa)
6
deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering or
concealing of evidence material to the
investigation or making false statements to
investigators in order to materially impede a
Bank investigation into allegations of a corrupt,
“Another party” refers to a public official acting in relation to the procurement process or contract
execution. In this context, “public official” includes World Bank staff and employees of other
organizations taking or reviewing procurement decisions.
7
“Party” refers to a public official; the terms “benefit” and “obligation” relate to the procurement process
or contract execution; and the “act or omission” is intended to influence the procurement process or contract
execution.
8
“Parties” refers to participants in the procurement process (including public officials) attempting to
establish bid prices at artificial, non competitive levels.
9
“Party” refers to a participant in the procurement process or contract execution.
194
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
fraudulent, coercive or collusive practice; and/or
threatening, harassing or intimidating any party
to prevent it from disclosing its knowledge of
matters relevant to the investigation or from
pursuing the investigation; or
(bb)
Interpretation
acts intended to materially impede the exercise
of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights
provided for under Clause 11 [Inspections and
Audits by the Bank].
3.2
Should any employee of the Supplier be determined to have engaged
in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practice
during the purchase of the Goods, then that employee shall be
removed.
4.1
If the context so requires it, singular means plural and vice versa.
4.2
Incoterms
4.3
(a)
Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the
meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of
parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms.
(b)
The terms EXW, CIP, FCA, CFR and other similar terms,
when used, shall be governed by the rules prescribed in the
current edition of Incoterms specified in the SCC and
published by the International Chamber of Commerce in Paris,
France.
Entire Agreement
The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Purchaser
and the Supplier and supersedes all communications, negotiations
and agreements (whether written or oral) of the parties with respect
thereto made prior to the date of Contract.
4.4
Amendment
No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be valid
unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is
signed by a duly authorized representative of each party thereto.
4.5
Nonwaiver
(a)
Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 4.5(b) below, no relaxation,
forbearance, delay, or indulgence by either party in enforcing
any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting
of time by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect, or
restrict the rights of that party under the Contract, neither shall
any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate as
waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.
(b)
Any waiver of a party’s rights, powers, or remedies under the
Contract must be in writing, dated, and signed by an
authorized representative of the party granting such waiver,
and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being
Section VIII. General Conditions of Contract
195
waived.
4.6
Severability
If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered
invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or
unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any
other provisions and conditions of the Contract.
5.1
The Contract as well as all correspondence and documents relating
to the Contract exchanged by the Supplier and the Purchaser, shall
be written in the language specified in the SCC. Supporting
documents and printed literature that are part of the Contract may be
in another language provided they are accompanied by an accurate
translation of the relevant passages in the language specified, in
which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Contract, this
translation shall govern.
5.2
The Supplier shall bear all costs of translation to the governing
language and all risks of the accuracy of such translation, for
documents provided by the Supplier.
Joint Venture,
Consortium or
Association
6.1
If the Supplier is a joint venture, consortium, or association, all of the
parties shall be jointly and severally liable to the Purchaser for the
fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract and shall designate one
party to act as a leader with authority to bind the joint venture,
consortium, or association. The composition or the constitution of the
joint venture, consortium, or association shall not be altered without the
prior consent of the Purchaser.
Eligibility
7.1
The Supplier and its Subcontractors shall have the nationality of an
eligible country. A Supplier or Subcontractor shall be deemed to
have the nationality of a country if it is a citizen or constituted,
incorporated, or registered, and operates in conformity with the
provisions of the laws of that country.
7.2
All Goods and Related Services to be supplied under the Contract and
financed by the Bank shall have their origin in Eligible Countries. For
the purpose of this Clause, origin means the country where the goods
have been grown, mined, cultivated, produced, manufactured, or
processed; or through manufacture, processing, or assembly, another
commercially recognized article results that differs substantially in its
basic characteristics from its components.
8.1
Any notice given by one party to the other pursuant to the Contract
shall be in writing to the address specified in the SCC. The term “in
writing” means communicated in written form with proof of receipt.
8.2
A notice shall be effective when delivered or on the notice’s
effective date, whichever is later.
Governing Law
9.1
The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance
with the laws of the Purchaser’s Country, unless otherwise specified
in the SCC.
Settlement of
Disputes
10.1 The Purchaser and the Supplier shall make every effort to resolve
amicably by direct informal negotiation any disagreement or dispute
Language
Notices
196
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
arising between them under or in connection with the Contract.
10.2 If, after twenty-eight (28) days, the parties have failed to resolve
their dispute or difference by such mutual consultation, then either
the Purchaser or the Supplier may give notice to the other party of its
intention to commence arbitration, as hereinafter provided, as to the
matter in dispute, and no arbitration in respect of this matter may be
commenced unless such notice is given. Any dispute or difference in
respect of which a notice of intention to commence arbitration has
been given in accordance with this Clause shall be finally settled by
arbitration. Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after delivery
of the Goods under the Contract. Arbitration proceedings shall be
conducted in accordance with the rules of procedure specified in the
SCC.
10.3
Notwithstanding any reference to arbitration herein,
(a)
the parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations
under the Contract unless they otherwise agree; and
(b)
the Purchaser shall pay the Supplier any monies due the Supplier.
Inspections and
Audit by the
Bank
11.1
The Supplier shall permit, and shall cause its Subcontractors and
consultants to permit, the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to
inspect the Supplier’s offices and all accounts and records relating to the
performance of the Contract and the submission of the bid, and to have
such accounts and records audited by auditors appointed by the Bank if
requested by the Bank. The Supplier’s and its Subcontractors and
consultants’ attention is drawn to Clause 3 [Fraud and Corruption],
which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to materially impede the
exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights provided for under
this Sub-Clause 11.1 constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract
termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant to the
Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures).
Scope of Supply
12.1
The Goods and Related Services to be supplied shall be as specified in
the Schedule of Requirements.
Delivery and
Documents
13.1
Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 33.1, the Delivery of the Goods and
Completion of the Related Services shall be in accordance with the
Delivery and Completion Schedule specified in the Schedule of
Requirements. The details of shipping and other documents to be
furnished by the Supplier are specified in the SCC.
Supplier’s
Responsibilities
14.1
The Supplier shall supply all the Goods and Related Services
included in the Scope of Supply in accordance with GCC Clause 12,
and the Delivery and Completion Schedule, as per GCC Clause 13.
Contract Price
15.1
Prices charged by the Supplier for the Goods supplied and the
Related Services performed under the Contract shall not vary from
the prices quoted by the Supplier in its bid, with the exception of any
price adjustments authorized in the SCC.
Terms of Payment
16.1
The Contract Price, including any Advance Payments, if applicable,
shall be paid as specified in the SCC.
16.2
The Supplier’s request for payment shall be made to the Purchaser in
writing, accompanied by invoices describing, as appropriate, the
Section VIII. General Conditions of Contract
197
Goods delivered and Related Services performed, and by the
documents submitted pursuant to GCC Clause 13 and upon
fulfillment of all other obligations stipulated in the Contract.
Taxes and Duties
Performance
Security
Copyright
16.3
Payments shall be made promptly by the Purchaser, but in no case
later than sixty (60) days after submission of an invoice or request
for payment by the Supplier, and after the Purchaser has accepted it.
16.4
The currencies in which payments shall be made to the Supplier
under this Contract shall be those in which the bid price is expressed.
16.5
In the event that the Purchaser fails to pay the Supplier any payment
by its due date or within the period set forth in the SCC, the
Purchaser shall pay to the Supplier interest on the amount of such
delayed payment at the rate shown in the SCC, for the period of
delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after
judgment or arbitrage award.
17.1
For goods manufactured outside the Purchaser’s Country, the
Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, stamp duties,
license fees, and other such levies imposed outside the Purchaser’s
Country.
17.2
For goods Manufactured within the Purchaser’s country, the
Supplier shall be entirely responsible for all taxes, duties, license
fees, etc., incurred until delivery of the contracted Goods to the
Purchaser.
17.3
If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be
available to the Supplier in the Purchaser’s Country, the Purchaser shall
use its best efforts to enable the Supplier to benefit from any such tax
savings to the maximum allowable extent.
18.1
If required as specified in the SCC, the Supplier shall, within twentyeight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a
performance security for the performance of the Contract in the
amount specified in the SCC.
18.2
The proceeds of the Performance Security shall be payable to the
Purchaser as compensation for any loss resulting from the Supplier’s
failure to complete its obligations under the Contract.
18.3
As specified in the SCC, the Performance Security, if required, shall
be denominated in the currency(ies) of the Contract, or in a freely
convertible currency acceptable to the Purchaser; and shall be in one
of the format stipulated by the Purchaser in the SCC, or in another
format acceptable to the Purchaser.
18.4
The Performance Security shall be discharged by the Purchaser and
returned to the Supplier not later than twenty-eight (28) days
following the date of Completion of the Supplier’s performance
obligations under the Contract, including any warranty obligations,
unless specified otherwise in the SCC.
19.1
The copyright in all drawings, documents, and other materials
containing data and information furnished to the Purchaser by the
Supplier herein shall remain vested in the Supplier, or, if they are
198
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
furnished to the Purchaser directly or through the Supplier by any
third party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such
materials shall remain vested in such third party
Confidential
Information
Subcontracting
20.1
The Purchaser and the Supplier shall keep confidential and shall not,
without the written consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any
third party any documents, data, or other information furnished
directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the
Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to,
during or following completion or termination of the Contract.
Notwithstanding the above, the Supplier may furnish to its
Subcontractor such documents, data, and other information it
receives from the Purchaser to the extent required for the
Subcontractor to perform its work under the Contract, in which event
the Supplier shall obtain from such Subcontractor an undertaking of
confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Supplier under GCC
Clause 20.
20.2
The Purchaser shall not use such documents, data, and other
information received from the Supplier for any purposes unrelated to
the contract. Similarly, the Supplier shall not use such documents,
data, and other information received from the Purchaser for any
purpose other than the performance of the Contract.
20.3
The obligation of a party under GCC Sub-Clauses 20.1 and 20.2
above, however, shall not apply to information that:
(a)
the Purchaser or Supplier need to share with the Bank or other
institutions participating in the financing of the Contract;
(b)
now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of
that party;
(c)
can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the time
of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly
or indirectly, from the other party; or
(d)
otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third
party that has no obligation of confidentiality.
20.4
The above provisions of GCC Clause 20 shall not in any way modify
any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the parties
hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Supply or
any part thereof.
20.5
The provisions of GCC Clause 20 shall survive completion or
termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract.
21.1
The Supplier shall notify the Purchaser in writing of all subcontracts
awarded under the Contract if not already specified in the bid. Such
notification, in the original bid or later shall not relieve the Supplier
from any of its obligations, duties, responsibilities, or liability under
the Contract.
21.2
Subcontracts shall comply with the provisions of GCC Clauses 3 and
7.
Section VIII. General Conditions of Contract
Specifications and
Standards
22.1
199
Technical Specifications and Drawings
(a)
The Goods and Related Services supplied under this Contract
shall conform to the technical specifications and standards
mentioned in Section VI, Schedule of Requirements and, when
no applicable standard is mentioned, the standard shall be
equivalent or superior to the official standards whose
application is appropriate to the Goods’ country of origin.
(b)
The Supplier shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any
design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any
modification thereof provided or designed by or on behalf of
the Purchaser, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the
Purchaser.
(c)
Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and
standards in accordance with which it shall be executed, the
edition or the revised version of such codes and standards shall
be those specified in the Schedule of Requirements. During
Contract execution, any changes in any such codes and
standards shall be applied only after approval by the Purchaser
and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 33.
23.1
The Supplier shall provide such packing of the Goods as is required
to prevent their damage or deterioration during transit to their final
destination, as indicated in the Contract. During transit, the packing
shall be sufficient to withstand, without limitation, rough handling
and exposure to extreme temperatures, salt and precipitation, and
open storage. Packing case size and weights shall take into
consideration, where appropriate, the remoteness of the goods’ final
destination and the absence of heavy handling facilities at all points
in transit.
23.2
The packing, marking, and documentation within and outside the
packages shall comply strictly with such special requirements as
shall be expressly provided for in the Contract, including additional
requirements, if any, specified in the SCC, and in any other
instructions ordered by the Purchaser.
Insurance
24.1
Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the Goods supplied under the
Contract shall be fully insured—in a freely convertible currency
from an eligible country—against loss or damage incidental to
manufacture or acquisition, transportation, storage, and delivery, in
accordance with the applicable Incoterms or in the manner specified
in the SCC.
Transportation
25.1
Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, responsibility for arranging
transportation of the Goods shall be in accordance with the specified
Incoterms.
Inspections and Tests
26.1
The Supplier shall at its own expense and at no cost to the Purchaser
carry out all such tests and/or inspections of the Goods and Related
Services as are specified in the SCC.
26.2
The inspections and tests may be conducted on the premises of the
Supplier or its Subcontractor, at point of delivery, and/or at the
Goods’ final destination, or in another place in the Purchaser’s
Packing and
Documents
200
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
Country as specified in the SCC. Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 26.3,
if conducted on the premises of the Supplier or its Subcontractor, all
reasonable facilities and assistance, including access to drawings and
production data, shall be furnished to the inspectors at no charge to
the Purchaser.
Liquidated Damages
26.3
The Purchaser or its designated representative shall be entitled to
attend the tests and/or inspections referred to in GCC Sub-Clause
26.2, provided that the Purchaser bear all of its own costs and
expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but
not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses.
26.4
Whenever the Supplier is ready to carry out any such test and
inspection, it shall give a reasonable advance notice, including the
place and time, to the Purchaser. The Supplier shall obtain from any
relevant third party or manufacturer any necessary permission or
consent to enable the Purchaser or its designated representative to
attend the test and/or inspection.
26.5
The Purchaser may require the Supplier to carry out any test and/or
inspection not required by the Contract but deemed necessary to
verify that the characteristics and performance of the Goods comply
with the technical specifications codes and standards under the
Contract, provided that the Supplier’s reasonable costs and expenses
incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be
added to the Contract Price. Further, if such test and/or inspection
impedes the progress of manufacturing and/or the Supplier’s
performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due
allowance will be made in respect of the Delivery Dates and
Completion Dates and the other obligations so affected.
26.6
The Supplier shall provide the Purchaser with a report of the results
of any such test and/or inspection.
26.7
The Purchaser may reject any Goods or any part thereof that fail to
pass any test and/or inspection or do not conform to the
specifications. The Supplier shall either rectify or replace such
rejected Goods or parts thereof or make alterations necessary to meet
the specifications at no cost to the Purchaser, and shall repeat the test
and/or inspection, at no cost to the Purchaser, upon giving a notice
pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 26.4.
26.8
The Supplier agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or
inspection of the Goods or any part thereof, nor the attendance by
the Purchaser or its representative, nor the issue of any report
pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 26.6, shall release the Supplier from
any warranties or other obligations under the Contract.
27.1
Except as provided under GCC Clause 32, if the Supplier fails to
deliver any or all of the Goods by the Date(s) of delivery or perform
the Related Services within the period specified in the Contract, the
Purchaser may without prejudice to all its other remedies under the
Contract, deduct from the Contract Price, as liquidated damages, a
sum equivalent to the percentage specified in the SCC of the
delivered price of the delayed Goods or unperformed Services for
each week or part thereof of delay until actual delivery or
performance, up to a maximum deduction of the percentage
specified in those SCC. Once the maximum is reached, the
Section VIII. General Conditions of Contract
201
Purchaser may terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Clause 35.
Warranty
Patent Indemnity
28.1
The Supplier warrants that all the Goods are new, unused, and of the
most recent or current models, and that they incorporate all recent
improvements in design and materials, unless provided otherwise in
the Contract.
28.2
Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 22.1(b), the Supplier further warrants
that the Goods shall be free from defects arising from any act or
omission of the Supplier or arising from design, materials, and
workmanship, under normal use in the conditions prevailing in the
country of final destination.
28.3
Unless otherwise specified in the SCC, the warranty shall remain
valid for twelve (12) months after the Goods, or any portion thereof
as the case may be, have been delivered to and accepted at the final
destination indicated in the SCC, or for eighteen (18) months after
the date of shipment from the port or place of loading in the country
of origin, whichever period concludes earlier.
28.4
The Purchaser shall give notice to the Supplier stating the nature of
any such defects together with all available evidence thereof,
promptly following the discovery thereof. The Purchaser shall
afford all reasonable opportunity for the Supplier to inspect such
defects.
28.5
Upon receipt of such notice, the Supplier shall, within the period
specified in the SCC, expeditiously repair or replace the defective
Goods or parts thereof, at no cost to the Purchaser.
28.6
If having been notified, the Supplier fails to remedy the defect within
the period specified in the SCC, the Purchaser may proceed to take
within a reasonable period such remedial action as may be
necessary, at the Supplier’s risk and expense and without prejudice
to any other rights which the Purchaser may have against the
Supplier under the Contract.
29.1
The Supplier shall, subject to the Purchaser’s compliance with GCC
Sub-Clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and its
employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or
administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs,
and expenses of any nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses,
which the Purchaser may suffer as a result of any infringement or
alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design,
trademark, copyright, or other intellectual property right registered
or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of:
(a)
the installation of the Goods by the Supplier or the use of the
Goods in the country where the Site is located; and
(b)
the sale in any country of the products produced by the Goods.
Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Goods or any part
thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably
inferred from the Contract, neither any infringement resulting from
the use of the Goods or any part thereof, or any products produced
thereby in association or combination with any other equipment,
202
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
plant, or materials not supplied by the Supplier, pursuant to the
Contract.
Limitation of
Liability
Change in Laws and
Regulations
29.2
If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the
Purchaser arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause
29.1, the Purchaser shall promptly give the Supplier a notice thereof,
and the Supplier may at its own expense and in the Purchaser’s name
conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the
settlement of any such proceedings or claim.
29.3
If the Supplier fails to notify the Purchaser within twenty-eight (28)
days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such
proceedings or claim, then the Purchaser shall be free to conduct the
same on its own behalf.
29.4
The Purchaser shall, at the Supplier’s request, afford all available
assistance to the Supplier in conducting such proceedings or claim,
and shall be reimbursed by the Supplier for all reasonable expenses
incurred in so doing.
29.5
The Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Supplier and
its employees, officers, and Subcontractors from and against any and
all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands,
losses, damages, costs, and expenses of any nature, including
attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Supplier may suffer as a
result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent,
utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright, or other
intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date
of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data,
drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or
designed by or on behalf of the Purchaser.
30.1
Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct,
31.1
(a)
the Supplier shall not be liable to the Purchaser, whether in
contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential
loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits
or interest costs, provided that this exclusion shall not apply to
any obligation of the Supplier to pay liquidated damages to the
Purchaser and
(b)
the aggregate liability of the Supplier to the Purchaser, whether
under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the
total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply
to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to
any obligation of the supplier to indemnify the purchaser with
respect to patent infringement
Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, if after the date of 28
days prior to date of Bid submission, any law, regulation, ordinance,
order or bylaw having the force of law is enacted, promulgated,
abrogated, or changed in the place of the Purchaser’s country where
the Site is located (which shall be deemed to include any change in
interpretation or application by the competent authorities) that
subsequently affects the Delivery Date and/or the Contract Price,
then such Delivery Date and/or Contract Price shall be
correspondingly increased or decreased, to the extent that the
Section VIII. General Conditions of Contract
203
Supplier has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its
obligations under the Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such
additional or reduced cost shall not be separately paid or credited if
the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment
provisions where applicable, in accordance with GCC Clause 15.
Force Majeure
Change Orders and
Contract
Amendments
32.1
The Supplier shall not be liable for forfeiture of its Performance
Security, liquidated damages, or termination for default if and to the
extent that its delay in performance or other failure to perform its
obligations under the Contract is the result of an event of Force
Majeure.
32.2
For purposes of this Clause, “Force Majeure” means an event or
situation beyond the control of the Supplier that is not foreseeable, is
unavoidable, and its origin is not due to negligence or lack of care on
the part of the Supplier. Such events may include, but not be limited
to, acts of the Purchaser in its sovereign capacity, wars or
revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, and
freight embargoes.
32.3
If a Force Majeure situation arises, the Supplier shall promptly
notify the Purchaser in writing of such condition and the cause
thereof. Unless otherwise directed by the Purchaser in writing, the
Supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the Contract
as far as is reasonably practical, and shall seek all reasonable
alternative means for performance not prevented by the Force
Majeure event.
33.1
The Purchaser may at any time order the Supplier through notice in
accordance GCC Clause 8, to make changes within the general scope
of the Contract in any one or more of the following:
(a)
drawings, designs, or specifications, where Goods to be
furnished under the Contract are to be specifically
manufactured for the Purchaser;
(b)
the method of shipment or packing;
(c)
the place of delivery; and
(d)
the Related Services to be provided by the Supplier.
33.2
If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or
the time required for, the Supplier’s performance of any provisions
under the Contract, an equitable adjustment shall be made in the
Contract Price or in the Delivery/Completion Schedule, or both, and
the Contract shall accordingly be amended. Any claims by the
Supplier for adjustment under this Clause must be asserted within
twenty-eight (28) days from the date of the Supplier’s receipt of the
Purchaser’s change order.
33.3
Prices to be charged by the Supplier for any Related Services that
might be needed but which were not included in the Contract shall
be agreed upon in advance by the parties and shall not exceed the
prevailing rates charged to other parties by the Supplier for similar
services.
204
Extensions of Time
Termination
Section VII. General Conditions of Contract
33.4
Subject to the above, no variation in or modification of the terms of
the Contract shall be made except by written amendment signed by
the parties.
34.1
If at any time during performance of the Contract, the Supplier or its
subcontractors should encounter conditions impeding timely delivery
of the Goods or completion of Related Services pursuant to GCC
Clause 13, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Purchaser in
writing of the delay, its likely duration, and its cause. As soon as
practicable after receipt of the Supplier’s notice, the Purchaser shall
evaluate the situation and may at its discretion extend the Supplier’s
time for performance, in which case the extension shall be ratified by
the parties by amendment of the Contract.
34.2
Except in case of Force Majeure, as provided under GCC Clause 32,
a delay by the Supplier in the performance of its Delivery and
Completion obligations shall render the Supplier liable to the
imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Clause 26, unless
an extension of time is agreed upon, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
34.1.
35.1
Termination for Default
(a) The Purchaser, without prejudice to any other remedy for
breach of Contract, by written notice of default sent to the
Supplier, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part:
(i) if the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods
within the period specified in the Contract, or within any
extension thereof granted by the Purchaser pursuant to
GCC Clause 34;
(ii) if the Supplier fails to perform any other obligation
under the Contract; or
(iii) if the Supplier, in the judgment of the Purchaser has
engaged in fraud and corruption, as defined in GCC Clause
3, in competing for or in executing the Contract.
(b) In the event the Purchaser terminates the Contract in whole or
in part, pursuant to GCC Clause 35.1(a), the Purchaser may
procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems
appropriate, Goods or Related Services similar to those
undelivered or not performed, and the Supplier shall be liable
to the Purchaser for any additional costs for such similar
Goods or Related Services. However, the Supplier shall
continue performance of the Contract to the extent not
terminated.
35.2 Termination for Insolvency.
(a) The Purchaser may at any time terminate the Contract by
giving notice to the Supplier if the Supplier becomes bankrupt
or otherwise insolvent. In such event, termination will be
without compensation to the Supplier, provided that such
termination will not prejudice or affect any right of action or
remedy that has accrued or will accrue thereafter to the
Purchaser
35.3 Termination for Convenience.
(a) The Purchaser, by notice sent to the Supplier, may terminate
the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time for its
Section VIII. General Conditions of Contract
Assignment
Export Restriction
205
convenience. The notice of termination shall specify that
termination is for the Purchaser’s convenience, the extent to
which performance of the Supplier under the Contract is
terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes
effective.
(b) The Goods that are complete and ready for shipment within
twenty-eight (28) days after the Supplier’s receipt of notice of
termination shall be accepted by the Purchaser at the Contract
terms and prices. For the remaining Goods, the Purchaser may
elect:
(i) to have any portion completed and delivered at the
Contract terms and prices; and/or
(ii) to cancel the remainder and pay to the Supplier an
agreed amount for partially completed Goods and
Related Services and for materials and parts previously
procured by the Supplier.
36.1 Neither the Purchaser nor the Supplier shall assign, in whole or in
part, their obligations under this Contract, except with prior written
consent of the other party.
37.1 Notwithstanding any obligation under the Contract to complete all
export formalities, any export restrictions attributable to the
Purchaser, to the country of the Purchaser, or to the use of the
products/goods, systems or services to be supplied, which arise from
trade regulations from a country supplying those products/goods,
systems or services, and which substantially impede the Supplier
from meeting its obligations under the Contract, shall release the
Supplier from the obligation to provide deliveries or services, always
provided, however, that the Supplier can demonstrate to the
satisfaction of the Purchaser and of the Bank that it has completed all
formalities in a timely manner, including applying for permits,
authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the
products/goods, systems or services under the terms of the Contract.
Termination of the Contract on this basis shall be for the Purchaser’s
convenience pursuant to Sub-Clause 35.3.
Section VIII. Special Conditions of Contract
206
Section VIII. Special Conditions of Contract
The following Special Conditions of Contract (SCC) shall supplement and / or amend the General
Conditions of Contract (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over
those in the GCC.
GCC 1.1(j)
The Purchaser’s country is: Nepal
GCC 1.1(k)
The Purchaser is:
Ministry of Health and Population, Department of Health Services,
Logistics Management Division, Pachali, Teku, Kathmandu
GCC 1.1 (q)
The Project Site(s)/Final Destination(s) are:
As specified in Section VI. Schedule of Requirements, List of Goods and
Delivery Schedule
GCC 4.2 (a)
The meaning of the trade terms shall be as prescribed by Incoterms
GCC 4.2 (b)
The version edition of Incoterms shall be 2000
GCC 5.1
The language shall be: English
GCC 8.1
For notices, the Purchaser’s address shall be:
Attention: Director, Logistics Management Division
Street Address: Pachali, Teku
Floor/ Room number: First floor-Procurement Section
City: Kathmandu
Country: Nepal
Telephone: 00977-1-4261768
Facsimile number: 977-1-4261413 (Attention: Director, LM Division)
Electronic mail address: director@dohslmd.gov.np (For enquiries only)
GCC 9.1
The governing law shall be the law of: Nepal
GCC 10.2
The dispute resolution mechanism to be applied pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
10.2 shall be as follows:
(a)
Contracts with foreign Supplier:
GCC 10.2 (a)Any dispute, controversy, or claim arising out of or
relating to this Contract, or breach, termination or invalidity thereof,
shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the UNCITRAL
Arbitration Rules as at present in force.
(b)
Contracts with national Supplier of the Purchaser’s country:
GCC 10.2 (b): i) In case of Dispute or difference arising between
the Purchaser and a supplier relating to any matter arising out of or
connected with this agreement, such disputes or difference shall be
settled in accordance with the Arbitration Act, 2055 (1999) as
currently in force. The arbitral tribunal shall consist of 3 arbitrators
one each to be appointed by the Purchaser and the Supplier. The
Section VIII. Special Conditions of Contract
207
third Arbitrator shall be chosen by the two Arbitrators so appointed
by the Parties and shall act as presiding arbitrator. In case of failure
of the two arbitrators appointed by the parties to reach upon a
consensus within a period of 30 days from the appointment of the
arbitrator appointed subsequently, the Presiding Arbitrator shall be
appointed in accordance with the provisions of the Arbitration Act
2055 (1999) as currently in force.
ii) If one of the parties fails to appoint its arbitrator in pursuance of
sub-clause (a) above, within 30 days after receipt of the notice of the
appointment of its arbitrator by the other party, then the appointment
of the Arbitrator shall be made in accordance with the provisions of
the Arbitration Act, 2055 (1999) as currently in force.
iii) The venue of Arbitration shall be Kathmandu and the language
of the arbitration proceedings and that of all councils and
communications between the parties shall be English.
iv) The majority decision of arbitrators shall be final and binding
upon parties. The cost and expenses of Arbitration proceedings will
be paid as determined by the arbitral tribunal.
v) The provisions of the Arbitration Act, 2055 (1999), as currently in
force.
GCC 13.1
Details of Shipping and other Documents to be furnished by the Supplier are:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi.
vii.
Two copies of the Supplier's invoice showing goods description,
quantity, unit price, total amount with separation of any customs duty,
sales taxes or other similar taxes;
Original copy of consignment note as applicable;
Two copies of packing list identifying contents of each case or package;
Two copies of manufacturer’s warranty certificate;
Two copies of manufacturer's test certificates;
Certificate of origin of goods;
Two Copies of Insurance certificates; valid for the period till installation
and commissioning is completed.
The above documents shall be received by the Purchaser before arrival of the
Goods and, if not received, the Supplier will be responsible for any consequent
expenses.
GCC 15.1
The prices charged for the Goods supplied and the related Services performed
shall not be adjustable.
GCC 16.1
The method and conditions of payment to be made to the Supplier under this
Contract shall be as follows:
Payment for Goods and Services supplied from abroad :
Payment of foreign currency portion shall be made in the following manner:
(i)
Advance Payment: Ten (10) percent of the foreign currency portion
of the Contract Price shall be paid within thirty (30) days of signing
of the Contract, and upon submission of claim and a bank guarantee
for equivalent amount and in the form provided in Section IX of the
bidding documents (Advance Payment Bank Guarantee), valid until
the Goods are delivered and in the form provided in the bidding
documents.
208
Section VIII Special Conditions of Contract
and a bank guarantee
(ii)
On Shipment: Seventy (70) per cent of the foreign currency
portion of the Contract Price of the Goods shipped shall be paid
through irrevocable confirmed letter of credit opened in favour of
the Supplier in a bank in its country, upon submission of documents
specified in GCC Clause 13.1. Alternatively, at the Supplier’s
option, Seventy (70) per cent of the foreign currency portion of the
Contract Price of the Goods shipped shall be paid within thirty (30)
days of submission of documents specified in GCC Clause 13.1 of
SCC above by direct bank transfer to the Supplier’s nominated bank
account. Opening charges and charges for amendment of the letter
of credit at the request of or due to a fault or default of the
Purchaser shall be to the account of the Purchaser. Confirmation
charges and charges for amendment to letters of credit at the request
of or due to a fault or default on behalf of the Supplier shall be to
the account of the Supplier.
(iii)
On Acceptance: Twenty (20) per cent of the foreign currency
portion of the Contract Price of Goods received shall be paid within
thirty (30) days of receipt of the Goods upon submission of an
invoice supported by the Acceptance Certificate issued by the
Purchaser following installation, commissioning, calibration and
user training as appropriate.
In the event that the Supplier does not wish to receive an Advance Payment, that
portion will be added to the seventy percent (70%) On Shipment Payment.
Payment of local currency portion for goods and services shall be made in
Nepalese Rupee (NPR) within thirty (30) days of presentation of an invoice and
supported by the Acceptance Certificate issued by the Purchaser.
Payment for Goods and Services supplied from within the Purchaser’s
country :
Payment for Goods and Services supplied from within the Purchaser’s country
shall be made in Nepalese Rupee (NPR), as follows:
(i)
Advance Payment: Ten (10) per cent of the Contract Price shall be
paid within thirty (30) days of signing of the Contract, and upon
submission of claim and a bank guarantee for equivalent amount and
in the form provided in Section IX of the bidding documents
(Advance Payment Bank Guarantee), valid until the Goods are
delivered and in the form provided in the bidding documents.
(ii)
On Shipment: Seventy (70) per cent of the Contract Price of the
Goods shipped shall be paid within 30 days of submission of
documents specified in GCC Clause 13.1 of SCC above by direct
bank transfer to the Supplier’s nominated bank account.
(iii)
On Acceptance: Twenty (20) per cent of the Contract Price of
Goods received shall be paid within thirty (30) days of receipt of
the Goods upon submission of an invoice and supported by the
Acceptance Certificate issued by the Purchaser following
installation, commissioning, calibration and user training as
appropriate.
In the event that the Supplier does not wish to receive an Advance Payment, that
Section VIII. Special Conditions of Contract
209
portion will be added to the seventy percent (70%) On Shipment Payment.
For all contracts with suppliers established in Nepal, 1.5% of the total contract
value will be deducted on a pro rata basis with each payment, as advance
income tax,
GCC 16.5
The payment-delay period after which the Purchaser shall pay interest to the
supplier shall be 45 days.
The interest rate that shall be applied is 8 % for NPR and 4 % for other
currencies.
GCC 18.1
A Performance Security shall be required.
Performance security shall be for an amount equal to ten (10) percent of the contract
price. Performance Security should be issued by a Class A commercial bank in
Nepal. In case of a Performance Security issued by a foreign bank, it shall be
counter-guaranteed by a Class A commercial bank in Nepal.
GCC 18.3
The Performance Security shall be in the form of a Bank Guarantee as per the
format provided in Section IX of the Bidding Documents. It shall be
denominated in the currency(ies) of payment of the contract, in accordance with
those portions of the Contract and shall cover the stipulated delivery and the
warranty period. In case a Performance Security is presented in a foreign
currency, it can be provided in a single foreign currency. Under these
circumstances, the exchange rate to be used shall be in accordance with the ITB
34.1.
In case of a multi-year supply arrangement, the Performance Security for the value
of goods supplied for each year in accordance with the Contract may be released by
the Purchaser after the Supplier has completed its supply and warranty obligations
for each year in full quantity and supplies have been accepted by the Purchaser
following post-shipment inspection.
The Performance Security shall cover the entire delivery period and include the
warranty period for the final supply.
210
GCC 23.2
Section VIII Special Conditions of Contract
The Packing, Marking and Documentation within and outside the packages shall
be:
Packing:
The Supplier shall provide such packing of the goods as is required to
prevent their damage or deterioration during transit to their final destination
as indicated in the Contract. All shipping package cartons/crates/pallets
shall be new and be of sufficient strength to withstand the rigours of transit.
The packing shall be sufficient to withstand, without limitation, rough
handling during transit and exposure to extreme temperatures, salt and
precipitation during transit and open storage. Packing case size and weights
shall take into consideration where appropriate, the remoteness of the
goods’ final destination and the absence of the heavy handling facilities at
all points in transit. The packaging shall also take into account any specific
requirement of a good such as temperature limitation or fragility. The
Packing, marking and documentation within and outside the packages shall
comply strictly with such special requirements as described below.
Marking:
Each case/package shall have the following information printed in BOLD
LETTERS on the outside and the size of the letters shall not be smaller
than 2cm in height.
a) Destination: Name(s) of the Final Destination/Project Site
b) Name of Consignee: Government of Nepal, Department of Health
Services, Logistics Management Division
c) Contract Number:
d) Name of the Manufacturer/Supplier:
e) Name of the Good:
f) Date of manufacture of Good:
g) Special Handling Instructions
h) Case/Package Identification Number:
i) Gross and Net Weight:
j) Other instructions to shippers and warehouse personnel (as appropriate)
Documentation:
Each case/ package shall contain 2 copies of packing list. The packing list
shall contain following minimum information related to goods:
a) Name of the Good
b) Name of the manufacturer
c) Country of origin of Good
d) Date of manufacture
e) Quantities of items inside the case/ package
GCC 24.1
The insurance coverage shall be as specified in the applicable Incoterms (DDU).
The insurance shall be in an amount equal to 110 percent of the DDU value of
the Goods from “warehouse” to “warehouse” on an “All Risks” basis, including
war risks and strikes, on a consignment by consignment basis.
GCC 25.1
Responsibility for transportation of the Goods shall be as specified in the
Section VIII. Special Conditions of Contract
211
applicable Incoterms (DDU).
The Supplier is required under the Contract to transport the Goods to the
specified place of final destination as defined as the Project Site in Section VI –
Schedule of Requirements – Part 1 List of Goods and Delivery Schedule,
including insurance and storage. This shall be arranged by the Supplier, and
related costs shall be included in the Contract Price.
GCC 26.1
The inspections and tests shall be: as specified in Section VI – Schedule of
Requirements of the bidding documents.
GCC 26.2
The inspections and tests will be conducted at the premises of the
supplier/manufacturer and/or at the Goods’ final destination at the discretion of
the Purchaser.
GCC 27.1
Applicable rate is 0.05% per day of the price of the delayed goods.
GCC 27.1
The maximum amount of liquidated damages shall be: ten percent (10%) of the
Total Contract Price.
GCC 28.3
The period of validity of the Warranty shall be 24 months after acceptance of the
Goods for items for which this is specified as par Part VI, Schedule of
Requirements, 2.List of requirements for manufacturer’s authorization, warranty
period, related services and completion schedule
GCC 28.5
For purposes of the Warranty, the place(s) of final destination(s) shall be as
defined in Section VI, Schedule of Requirements, List of Goods and Delivery
Schedule.
The period for repair or replacement shall be: within 60 days of receipt of
written request by the Purchaser.
In the event of any correction of defects or replacement of defective material
during the warranty period, the warranty for the corrected/replaced material shall
be extended to a further period of warranty as specified in SCC 28.3, from the
date of correction or replacement.
GCC 36.1
The assignment by the Supplier for receipt of payments to a third party will only
be considered by the Purchaser, if requested in the bid submitted, when:
-the payments are to be received by a banking institution due to overdraft or loan
facilities extended by such bank to the Supplier,
or
- in case the Supplier is not a manufacturer, the payments are to be received by a
manufacturer, manufacturing the goods supplied by the Supplier, and
- the amount of the assignment of payment concerns does not exceed 70% of the
contract price. In addition, in the case of assignment to a manufacturer, the
amount may not exceed the CIF costs of the goods manufactured by such
manufacturer to be supplied under the supply contract.
At any rate assignment of payments shall be limited to one other party per
contract.
The Buyer shall be under no obligation to agree to such assignment of payments.
212
Section VIII Special Conditions of Contract
Attachment: Price Adjustment Formula
Not Applicable
Section IX. Contract Forms
213
Section IX. Contract Forms
Table of Forms
1. Contract Agreement ..................................................................................................................... 214
2. Performance Security................................................................................................................... 216
3. Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment ...................................................................................... 217
Section IX. Contract Forms
214
1. Contract Agreement
[The successful Bidder shall fill in this form in accordance with the instructions indicated]
THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT is made
the [ insert: number ] day of [ insert: month ], [ insert: year ].
BETWEEN
(1)
Logistics Management Division, an agency of the Department of Health Services
of the Ministry of Health and Population of the Government of Nepal and having
its principal place of business at Pachali, Teku, Kathmandu, Nepal (hereinafter
called “the Purchaser”), and
(2)
[ insert name of Supplier ], a corporation incorporated under the laws of [ insert:
country of Supplier ] and having its principal place of business at [ insert:
address of Supplier ] (hereinafter called “the Supplier”).
WHEREAS the Purchaser invited bids for certain Goods and ancillary services, viz., [insert brief
description of Goods and Services] and has accepted a Bid by the Supplier for the supply of those
Goods and Services in the sum of [insert Contract Price in words and figures, expressed in the
Contract currency(ies) ] (hereinafter called “the Contract Price”).
NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:
1.
In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively
assigned to them in the Conditions of Contract referred to.
2.
The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Purchaser and the
Supplier, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract:
(a)
This Contract Agreement
(b)
Special Conditions of Contract
(c)
General Conditions of Contract
(d)
Technical Requirements (including Schedule of Requirements and Technical
Specifications)
(e)
The Supplier’s Bid and original Price Schedules
(f)
The Purchaser’s Notification of Award
(g)
[Add here any other document(s)]
3.
This Contract shall prevail over all other Contract documents. In the event of any
discrepancy or inconsistency within the Contract documents, then the documents shall
prevail in the order listed above.
4.
In consideration of the payments to be made by the Purchaser to the Supplier as hereinafter
mentioned, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Purchaser to provide the Goods and
Services and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of
the Contract.
Section IX. Contract Forms
5.
The Purchaser hereby covenants to pay the Supplier in consideration of the provision of the
Goods and Services and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other
sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the
manner prescribed by the Contract.
IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in
accordance with the laws of Nepal on the day, month and year indicated above.
For and on behalf of the Purchaser
Signed: [insert signature]
in the capacity of [ insert title or other appropriate designation ]
in the presence of [insert identification of official witness]
For and on behalf of the Supplier
Signed: [insert signature of authorized representative(s) of the Supplier]
in the capacity of [ insert title or other appropriate designation ]
in the presence of [ insert identification of official witness]
215
Section IX. Contract Forms
216
2. Performance Security
[The bank, as requested by the successful Bidder, shall fill in this form in accordance with the
instructions indicated]
Date: [insert date (as day, month, and year) of Bid Submission]
ICB No. and title: [insert no. and title of bidding process]
Bank’s Branch or Office: [insert complete name of Guarantor]
Beneficiary: [insert complete name of Purchaser]
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.:
[insert Performance Guarantee number]
We have been informed that [insert complete name of Supplier] (hereinafter called "the Supplier")
has entered into Contract No. [insert number] dated [insert day and month], [insert year] with
you, for the supply of [description of Goods and related Services] (hereinafter called "the
Contract").
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a Performance
Guarantee is required.
At the request of the Supplier, we hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum(s) not
exceeding [insert amount(s) in figures and words] upon receipt by us of your first demand in
writing declaring the Supplier to be in default under the Contract, without cavil or argument, or
your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand or the sum specified
therein.
This Guarantee shall expire no later than the [insert number] day of [insert month] [insert year],
and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No.
URDG 758, except that subparagraph (ii) of Sub-article 20(a) is hereby excluded.
[signatures of authorized representatives of the bank and the Supplier]
Section IX. Contract Forms
217
3. Bank Guarantee for Advance Payment
[The bank, as requested by the successful Bidder, shall fill in this form in accordance with the
instructions indicated.]
Date: [insert date (as day, month, and year) of Bid Submission]
ICB No. and title: [insert number and title of bidding process]
[bank’s letterhead]
Beneficiary:
[insert legal name and address of Purchaser]
ADVANCE PAYMENT GUARANTEE No.: [insert Advance Payment Guarantee no.]
We, [insert legal name and address of bank], have been informed that [insert complete name and
address of Supplier] (hereinafter called "the Supplier") has entered into Contract No. [insert
number] dated [insert date of Agreement] with you, for the supply of [insert types of Goods to be
delivered] (hereinafter called "the Contract").
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, an advance is to be
made against an advance payment guarantee.
At the request of the Supplier, we hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you any sum or sums not
exceeding in total an amount of [insert amount(s) in figures and words] upon receipt by us of
your first demand in writing declaring that the Supplier is in breach of its obligation under the
Contract because the Supplier used the advance payment for purposes other than toward delivery
of the Goods.
It is a condition for any claim and payment under this Guarantee to be made that the advance
payment referred to above must have been received by the Supplier on its account [insert number
and domicile of the account]
This Guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance payment
received by the Supplier under the Contract until [insert date].
This Guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No.
URDG 758.
_____________________
[signature(s) of authorized representative(s) of the bank]
Download PDF